+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Baroda RTO

Baroda RTO

Date post: 08-Apr-2018
Category:
Upload: soni-jitubhai
View: 224 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
190
 Name of Work : Cons truction of New R T O Office Building at Vadoda ra Item No 60 Providing Thermo Mechanically treated bars (TMT Bars) confirming to IS 1786 / FE 415 for RCC Works including bending binding and placing in position complete for ground floor General This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement, of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge. 1.1. Fe-415 TMT Bar Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement for R C C work shall conform to I S 432 (Part – II) 1966 and shall be of tested quality. It shall also comply with relevant part of I.S. 456-1978. Grade Designation Bar Type Conforming to governing IS specification Characteri strength, fy MPa stic Elastic modulus GPa Fe 415 IS 1786 High yield strength deformed bar 415 200 1.2. All steel shall be procured from original producers, no re-rolled steel shall be incorporated in the work. Only new steel bars shall delivered to the site, Every bar shall be inspected before assembling in the work and defective brittle or burnt bar shall be discarded. Cracked ends of bars shall be discarded. 1.3. For the purpose of payment the bar shall be measured correct upto 10 mm length and weight payable worked out at the rate specified below. 1 6mm 0.22 Kg / Rmt 8 20mm 2.47 Kg / Rmt. 2 8 mm 0.39 Kg/ Rmt. 9 22 mm 2.98 Kg / Rmt. 3 10 mm 0.62 Kg / Rmt. 10 25 mm 3.85 Kg / Rmt. 4 12 mm 0.89 Kg / Rmt. 11 28 mm 4.83 Kg / Rmt. 5 14 mm 1.21 Kg / Rmt. 12 32 mm 6.31 Kg / Rmt. 6 16 mm 1.58 Kg / Rmt. 13 36 mm 7.99 Kg / Rmt. 7 18 mm 2.00 Kg / Rmt. 14 40 mm 9.86 Kg / Rmt. 2.0. BINDING WIRE 2.1. Mild steel biding wire Shall be of 1.63 mm or 1.22 mm ( 16 to 18 gauge diameter and shall confirm to IS 280-1972 Binding wire shall be of good quality free form any foreign matter or any harmful substance approved by the Engineer in Charge.
Transcript
Page 1: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 1/190

 

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 60

Providing Thermo Mechanically treated bars (TMT Bars) confirming to IS 1786 / FE415 for RCC Works including bending binding and placing in position complete

for ground floor

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement, of theshape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to these Specificationsor as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.1. Fe-415 TMT Bar

Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement for R C C work shall conform to I S 432 (Part – II) 1966and shall be of tested quality. It shall also comply with relevant part of I.S. 456-1978.

Grade Designation  Bar TypeConforming togoverning ISspecification

Characteristrength, fy MPa

stic 

Elastic modulusGPa

Fe 415  IS 1786High yield strength

deformed bar

415  200

1.2. All steel shall be procured from original producers, no re-rolled steel shall beincorporated in the work. Only new steel bars shall delivered to the site, Every bar shallbe inspected before assembling in the work and defective brittle or burnt bar shall bediscarded. Cracked ends of bars shall be discarded.

1.3. For the purpose of payment the bar shall be measured correct upto 10 mm lengthand weight payable worked out at the rate specified below.

1 6mm 0.22 Kg / Rmt 8 20mm 2.47 Kg / Rmt.

2 8 mm 0.39 Kg/ Rmt. 9 22 mm 2.98 Kg / Rmt.3 10 mm 0.62 Kg / Rmt. 10 25 mm 3.85 Kg / Rmt.4 12 mm 0.89 Kg / Rmt. 11 28 mm 4.83 Kg / Rmt.5 14 mm 1.21 Kg / Rmt. 12 32 mm 6.31 Kg / Rmt.6 16 mm 1.58 Kg / Rmt. 13 36 mm 7.99 Kg / Rmt.7 18 mm 2.00 Kg / Rmt. 14 40 mm 9.86 Kg / Rmt.

2.0. BINDING WIRE

2.1. Mild steel biding wire Shall be of 1.63 mm or 1.22 mm ( 16 to 18 gauge diameter

and shall confirm to IS 280-1972  Binding wire shall be of good quality free form anyforeign matter or any harmful substance approved by the Engineer in Charge.

Page 2: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 2/190

 

2.2. The use of black wire will be permitted for binding reinforcement bars It shall be freeform rust oil paint grease loose mill scale or any other undesirable coating which mayprevent adhesion of cement mortar

3.0. WORKMANSHIP

3.1. Steel shall be clean and free from loose and loose mill scale at the time of fixing inposition and subsequent concreting.

3.2. All the reinforcement shall be clean and free form dirt, paint, grease, mill scale orloose or thick rust at the time of placing. Steel shall be clean and free from rust andloose mill scale at the time of fixing in position and subsequent concreting.

3.3. TMT Fe-415 steel bars shall be either cold twisted other rolled and shall conform toI.S. 1786 – 1966 and I.S. 1139-1966 respectively and treated as per specifications 

3.4. The work shall consist of furnishing and placing reinforcement to the shape anddimensions shown as on the drawings or as directed.

3.5. Reinforcing steel shall conform accurate to the dimensions given in the bar bendingschedules shown on relevant drawings. Bars shall be bent cold to specified shape anddimensions or as directed, using a proper bar bender, operated by hand or power toattain proper radius of bends. Bars shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that willinjure the material. Bars bent during transport or handling shall be straightened beforebeing used on the work. They shall not be heated to facilitate bending. Unless otherwisespecified, a 'U' type hook at the end of each bar shall invariably be provided to mainreinforcement. The radius of the band shall not be less then twice the diameter or theround bar and the length of the straight part of the bar beyond the end of the curve shallbe at least four times the diameter of the round bar. In case of bars which are not roundand in case of deformed bars, the diameter shall be taken as the diameter or circlehaving an equivalent effective area. The hooks shall be suitably encased to prevent anysplitting of the concrete.

3.6. All the reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed in exact position shown on thedrawings, and shall be securely held in position during placing of concrete by annealedbinding wire not less than 1 mm in size and by using stay blocks or metal chair spacers,

metal hangers, supporting wires or other approved devices at sufficiently close intervals,bars shall not be allowed to sag between supports nor displaced during concreting orany other operations of the work. All devices used for positioning shall be of non-corrodible material. Wooden and metal supports shall not extend to the surface ofconcrete, except – where shown on drawings. Placing bars on layers of freshly laidconcrete as the work progresses for adjusting bar spacing shall not be allowed. Piecesof broken stone or brick and wooden blocks shall not be used. Layers of bars shall beseparated by spacer bars, pre-cast mortar blocks or other approved devices.Reinforcement after being placed in position shall be maintained in a clean conditionuntil completely embedded in concrete. Special cars shall be exercised to prevent anydisplacement of reinforcement in concrete already placed. To prevent reinforcement

form corrosion, concrete cover shall be provided as indicated on drawings. All the barsprotruding from concrete and to which other bars are to be sliced and which are likely to

Page 3: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 3/190

 

be exposed for a period exceeding 10 days shall be protected by a thick coat of neatcement grout.

3.7. Bars crossing each other where required shall be secured by binding wire(annealed) of size not less than 1 mm in such a manner that they do not slip over each

other at the time of fixing and concreting.

3.8. As far possible, bars of full length shall be used. In case this is not possible. Overlapping of bars shall be done as directed. When practicable, overlapping bars shall nottouch each other, but be kept apart by 25 them where not feasible, overlapping barsshall be bound with annealed wires not less than 1 mm. thick twisted tight. The overlapsshall be staggered for different bars and located at points, along the span where neithershear non bending moment is maximum.

3.9. Whenever indicated on the drawings or desired by the Engineer-in-charge, barsshall be jointed by couplings which shall have a cross-section sufficient to transmit the

full stresses of bars. The ends of the bars that are joined by coupling shall be upset forsufficient length so that the effective cross section at the base of threads is not less thanthe normal cross-section of the bar. Threads shall be standard threads. Steel forcoupling shall conform to I.S. 226.

3.10. When permitted or specified on the drawings, joints of reinforcement bars shallbutt- welded so as to transmit their full stresses. Welded joints shall preferably belocated at points when steel will not be subject to more than 75 percent of the maximumpermissible stresses and welds so staggered that at any one section not more than 20percent of the rods are welded. Only electric are wielding using a process whichexcludes air from the molten metal and conforms to any or all other special provisionsfor the work shall be accepted. Suitable means shall be provided for holding barssecurely in position during welding. It shall be ensured that no voids are left in weldingand when welding is done in tow or three stages, previous surface shall be cleanedproperly, Ends of the bars shall be cleaned of all loose scale, rust, stages, paint andother foreign matter before welding. Only competent welders shall be employed on thework. The M.S. electrodes used for welding shall conform to I.S. 814. Welded pieces ofreinforcement shall be tested. Specimen shall be taken from the actual site and theirnumber and frequency of test shall be as directed.

4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENT

4.1. For the purpose of calculating consumption, wastage shall not be permitted beyond5 percent. Excess consumption over 5% will be charged at penal rate.

4.2. Reinforcement shall be measured in length including overlaps, separately fordifferent diameters as actually used in the work. Where welding or coupling is resortedto, in place lap joints, such joints shall be measured for payment as equivalent length ofoverlap as per design requirement. From the length so measured, the weight ofreinforcement shall be calculated in tones on the same basis of as per table given aboveeven though steel is supplied to the contractor by the department on actual weight.Length shall include hooks at the ends. Wastage and annealed steel wire for binding

shall not be measured and the cost of these items shall be deemed to be included in therate for reinforcement.

Page 4: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 4/190

 

4.3. The rate for reinforcement includes cost of steel binding wires, its carting fromDepartment Store to work site with all leads and lifts (in case of it is supplied bydepartment), cutting, bending, placing in position, binding and fixing in position asshown on the drawings for all floors and as directed. It shall also include all devices for

keeping reinforcement in approved position, cost of joining as per approved method andall wastage and spacer bars.

4.4. The rate shall be for a unit of One Kg.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 61

Providing Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement for RCC work including bending, bindingand placing in position up to floor two level for first floor

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement forfirst floor, of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming tothese Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.1. Fe-415 TMT Bar

Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement for R C C work shall conform to I S 432 (Part – II) 1966and shall be of tested quality. It shall also comply with relevant part of I.S. 456-1978.

Grade Designation  Bar TypeConforming togoverning ISspecification

Characteristrength, fy MPa

stic 

Elastic modulusGPa

Fe 415  IS 1786High yield strengthdeformed bar

415  200

1.2. All steel shall be procured from original producers, no re-rolled steel shall beincorporated in the work. Only new steel bars shall delivered to the site, Every bar shallbe inspected before assembling in the work and defective brittle or burnt bar shall bediscarded. Cracked ends of bars shall be discarded.

1.3. For the purpose of payment the bar shall be measured correct upto 10 mm length

and weight payable worked out at the rate specified below.

Page 5: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 5/190

 

1 6mm 0.22 Kg / Rmt 8 20mm 2.47 Kg / Rmt.2 8 mm 0.39 Kg/ Rmt. 9 22 mm 2.98 Kg / Rmt.3 10 mm 0.62 Kg / Rmt. 10 25 mm 3.85 Kg / Rmt.4 12 mm 0.89 Kg / Rmt. 11 28 mm 4.83 Kg / Rmt.5 14 mm 1.21 Kg / Rmt. 12 32 mm 6.31 Kg / Rmt.

6 16 mm 1.58 Kg / Rmt. 13 36 mm 7.99 Kg / Rmt.7 18 mm 2.00 Kg / Rmt. 14 40 mm 9.86 Kg / Rmt.

2.0. BINDING WIRE

2.1. Mild steel biding wire Shall be of 1.63 mm or 1.22 mm ( 16 to 18 gauge diameterand shall confirm to IS 280-1972  Binding wire shall be of good quality free form anyforeign matter or any harmful substance approved by the Engineer in Charge.

2.2. The use of black wire will be permitted for binding reinforcement bars It shall be freeform rust oil paint grease loose mill scale or any other undesirable coating which mayprevent adhesion of cement mortar

3.0. WORKMANSHIP

3.1. Steel shall be clean and free from loose and loose mill scale at the time of fixing inposition and subsequent concreting.

3.2. All the reinforcement shall be clean and free form dirt, paint, grease, mill scale orloose or thick rust at the time of placing. Steel shall be clean and free from rust andloose mill scale at the time of fixing in position and subsequent concreting.

3.3. TMT Fe-415 steel bars shall be either cold twisted other rolled and shall conform toI.S. 1786 – 1966 and I.S. 1139-1966 respectively and treated as per specifications 

3.4. The work shall consist of furnishing and placing reinforcement to the shape anddimensions shown as on the drawings or as directed.

3.5. Reinforcing steel shall conform accurate to the dimensions given in the bar bendingschedules shown on relevant drawings. Bars shall be bent cold to specified shape anddimensions or as directed, using a proper bar bender, operated by hand or power toattain proper radius of bends. Bars shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will

injure the material. Bars bent during transport or handling shall be straightened beforebeing used on the work. They shall not be heated to facilitate bending. Unless otherwisespecified, a 'U' type hook at the end of each bar shall invariably be provided to mainreinforcement. The radius of the band shall not be less then twice the diameter or theround bar and the length of the straight part of the bar beyond the end of the curve shallbe at least four times the diameter of the round bar. In case of bars which are not roundand in case of deformed bars, the diameter shall be taken as the diameter or circlehaving an equivalent effective area. The hooks shall be suitably encased to prevent anysplitting of the concrete.

3.6. All the reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed in exact position shown on the

drawings, and shall be securely held in position during placing of concrete by annealedbinding wire not less than 1 mm in size and by using stay blocks or metal chair spacers,

Page 6: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 6/190

 

metal hangers, supporting wires or other approved devices at sufficiently close intervals,bars shall not be allowed to sag between supports nor displaced during concreting orany other operations of the work. All devices used for positioning shall be of non-corrodible material. Wooden and metal supports shall not extend to the surface ofconcrete, except – where shown on drawings. Placing bars on layers of freshly laid

concrete as the work progresses for adjusting bar spacing shall not be allowed. Piecesof broken stone or brick and wooden blocks shall not be used. Layers of bars shall beseparated by spacer bars, pre-cast mortar blocks or other approved devices.Reinforcement after being placed in position shall be maintained in a clean conditionuntil completely embedded in concrete. Special cars shall be exercised to prevent anydisplacement of reinforcement in concrete already placed. To prevent reinforcementform corrosion, concrete cover shall be provided as indicated on drawings. All the barsprotruding from concrete and to which other bars are to be sliced and which are likely tobe exposed for a period exceeding 10 days shall be protected by a thick coat of neatcement grout.

3.7. Bars crossing each other where required shall be secured by binding wire(annealed) of size not less than 1 mm in such a manner that they do not slip over eachother at the time of fixing and concreting.

3.8. As far possible, bars of full length shall be used. In case this is not possible. Overlapping of bars shall be done as directed. When practicable, overlapping bars shall nottouch each other, but be kept apart by 25 them where not feasible, overlapping barsshall be bound with annealed wires not less than 1 mm. thick twisted tight. The overlapsshall be staggered for different bars and located at points, along the span where neithershear non bending moment is maximum.

3.9. Whenever indicated on the drawings or desired by the Engineer-in-charge, barsshall be jointed by couplings which shall have a cross-section sufficient to transmit thefull stresses of bars. The ends of the bars that are joined by coupling shall be upset forsufficient length so that the effective cross section at the base of threads is not less thanthe normal cross-section of the bar. Threads shall be standard threads. Steel forcoupling shall conform to I.S. 226.

3.10. When permitted or specified on the drawings, joints of reinforcement bars shallbutt- welded so as to transmit their full stresses. Welded joints shall preferably belocated at points when steel will not be subject to more than 75 percent of the maximum

permissible stresses and welds so staggered that at any one section not more than 20percent of the rods are welded. Only electric are wielding using a process whichexcludes air from the molten metal and conforms to any or all other special provisionsfor the work shall be accepted. Suitable means shall be provided for holding barssecurely in position during welding. It shall be ensured that no voids are left in weldingand when welding is done in tow or three stages, previous surface shall be cleanedproperly, Ends of the bars shall be cleaned of all loose scale, rust, stages, paint andother foreign matter before welding. Only competent welders shall be employed on thework. The M.S. electrodes used for welding shall conform to I.S. 814. Welded pieces ofreinforcement shall be tested. Specimen shall be taken from the actual site and theirnumber and frequency of test shall be as directed.

4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENT

Page 7: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 7/190

 

4.1. For the purpose of calculating consumption, wastage shall not be permitted beyond5 percent. Excess consumption over 5% will be charged at penal rate.

4.2. Reinforcement shall be measured in length including overlaps, separately for

different diameters as actually used in the work. Where welding or coupling is resortedto, in place lap joints, such joints shall be measured for payment as equivalent length ofoverlap as per design requirement. From the length so measured, the weight ofreinforcement shall be calculated in tones on the same basis of as per table given aboveeven though steel is supplied to the contractor by the department on actual weight.Length shall include hooks at the ends. Wastage and annealed steel wire for bindingshall not be measured and the cost of these items shall be deemed to be included in therate for reinforcement.

4.3. The rate for reinforcement includes cost of steel binding wires, its carting fromDepartment Store to work site with all leads and lifts (in case of it is supplied by

department), cutting, bending, placing in position, binding and fixing in position asshown on the drawings for all floors and as directed. It shall also include all devices forkeeping reinforcement in approved position, cost of joining as per approved method andall wastage and spacer bars.

4.4. The rate shall be for a unit of One Kg.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at VadodaraItem No 62

Providing Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement for RCC work including bending, bindingand placing in position up to floor two level for second floor

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement,Second floor of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming tothese Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.1 Specification Of Item no 57 of Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement , shall be appliedfor the execution of this item except the work shall be done in Second floorinstead of ground floor

2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENT

2.1. For the purpose of calculating consumption, wastage shall not be permitted beyond5 percent. Excess consumption over 5% will be charged at penal rate.

2.2. Reinforcement shall be measured in length including overlaps, separately for

different diameters as actually used in the work. Where welding or coupling is resortedto, in place lap joints, such joints shall be measured for payment as equivalent length of

Page 8: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 8/190

 

overlap as per design requirement. From the length so measured, the weight ofreinforcement shall be calculated in tones on the same basis of as per table given aboveeven though steel is supplied to the contractor by the department on actual weight.Length shall include hooks at the ends. Wastage and annealed steel wire for bindingshall not be measured and the cost of these items shall be deemed to be included in the

rate for reinforcement.

2.3. The rate for reinforcement includes cost of steel binding wires, its carting fromDepartment Store to work site with all leads and lifts (in case of it is supplied bydepartment), cutting, bending, placing in position, binding and fixing in position asshown on the drawings and as directed. It shall also include all devices for keepingreinforcement in approved position, cost of joining as per approved method and allwastage and spacer bars.

2.4. The rate shall be for a unit of One Kg.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 63

Providing Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement for RCC work including bending, bindingand placing in position up to floor two level for third floor

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement,Third floor of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming tothese Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.1 Specification Of Item no 57 of Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement , shall be appliedfor the execution of this item except the work shall be done in Third floor insteadof ground floor

2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENT

2.1. For the purpose of calculating consumption, wastage shall not be permitted beyond5 percent. Excess consumption over 5% will be charged at penal rate.

2.2. Reinforcement shall be measured in length including overlaps, separately fordifferent diameters as actually used in the work. Where welding or coupling is resortedto, in place lap joints, such joints shall be measured for payment as equivalent length ofoverlap as per design requirement. From the length so measured, the weight ofreinforcement shall be calculated in tones on the same basis of as per table given aboveeven though steel is supplied to the contractor by the department on actual weight.Length shall include hooks at the ends. Wastage and annealed steel wire for binding

shall not be measured and the cost of these items shall be deemed to be included in therate for reinforcement.

Page 9: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 9/190

 

2.3. The rate for reinforcement includes cost of steel binding wires, its carting fromDepartment Store to work site with all leads and lifts (in case of it is supplied bydepartment), cutting, bending, placing in position, binding and fixing in position asshown on the drawings and as directed. It shall also include all devices for keeping

reinforcement in approved position, cost of joining as per approved method and allwastage and spacer bars.

2.4. The rate shall be for a unit of One Kg.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 64

Providing Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement for RCC work including bending, bindingand placing in position up to floor two level for Forth floor

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement,Forth floor of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming tothese Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.1 Specification Of Item no 57 of Fe-415 TMT Bar reinforcement , shall be appliedfor the execution of this item except the work shall be done in Forth floor insteadof ground floor

2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENT

2.1. For the purpose of calculating consumption, wastage shall not be permitted beyond5 percent. Excess consumption over 5% will be charged at penal rate.

2.2. Reinforcement shall be measured in length including overlaps, separately for

different diameters as actually used in the work. Where welding or coupling is resortedto, in place lap joints, such joints shall be measured for payment as equivalent length ofoverlap as per design requirement. From the length so measured, the weight ofreinforcement shall be calculated in tones on the same basis of as per table given aboveeven though steel is supplied to the contractor by the department on actual weight.Length shall include hooks at the ends. Wastage and annealed steel wire for bindingshall not be measured and the cost of these items shall be deemed to be included in therate for reinforcement.

2.3. The rate for reinforcement includes cost of steel binding wires, its carting fromDepartment Store to work site with all leads and lifts (in case of it is supplied by

department), cutting, bending, placing in position, binding and fixing in position asshown on the drawings and as directed. It shall also include all devices for keeping

Page 10: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 10/190

 

reinforcement in approved position, cost of joining as per approved method and allwastage and spacer bars.

2.4. The rate shall be for a unit of One Kg.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No. 65

Providing and fixing 56 mm thick wooden Decorative Laminated door with framesize 300 mm X 45 mm made of Indian Teakwood and shutter made of Indianteakwood framing having 6 mm ply wood on both side finished with laminated

sheet of approved make design and shade with stainless steel fixtrers andfastening like handle stopper lock floor spring etc complete as per designed andas directed by Engineer in Charge.

1.0 MATERIALIndian Teak Wood1.1. The teak wood shall be of good quality as required for the item to be executed.When the kind of wood is not specifically mentioned, good Indian teak wood asapproved shall be used.1.2. Teak wood shall generally be free from large, loose dead or cluster knots, flaws,shakes, warps, twists, bends or any other defects. It shall generally be uniform insubstance and of straight fibers as far as possible. It shall be free from rot decay,harmful fungi and other defects of harmful nature which will affect the strength,durability or its usefulness for the purpose for which it is required. The colour shall beuniform as for as possible. Any effort like paining using any adhesive materials madeto hide the defects shall render the pieces liable to rejection by the Engineer-in-charge.1.3. All scantlings, planks etc., shall be sawn in straight lines and planes in thedirection of grains and of uniform thickness.1.4. The tolerances-in the dimensions shall be allowed at the rate of 1.5 mm. per faceto be planed.

1.5. only First class teak wood shall be used1.6. No individual hard and sound knots shall be more than 15 sq. cm s. in size andaggregates area of such knots shall be not exceed 2% of the area of piece.

2.0. Ply wood

2.1. The plywood for general purpose shall conform I.S. 303-17-1975.Plywood is m ade by cementing together than boards or starts of wood into panels.There are always an odd num ber of layers, 3,5,7,9, ply etc. The piles are placed sothat grain of each layer is at right angles to the grain in the adjacent level.  

2.2. The chief advantages of plywood a single board of the same thickness isthe more uniform strength of the plywood, along the length and width of the

Page 11: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 11/190

 

plywood and greater resistance to cracking and splitting with charge in moisturecontent.

2.3. Usually synthetic resins are used to gluing, phenolic resins are usually cured in ahot press which com presses and simultaneously heats the plies between hot plates

which maintain a temperature of 90 degree C to 140 degree C and a pressure of11 to 14 Kg/ Sq. Cm on the wood. The time of heating may be anything from2 to 60 minutesdepending upon thickness

2.4. When water glue are used the wood absorbs so m uch water that the finishedplywood must be dried carefully. When synthetic resigns are used as adhesive thefinished plywood must be exposed to an atmosphere of controlled humidity until theproper amount of moisture has been absorbed.

2.5. According to I.S. 303-1975 the plywood for general purpose shall be of the

grades namely BWR, WWR and CWR depending up to the adhesives used forbonding the veneers and it will be further classified into six types namely AA, AB, AC,BB, BC and CC based on the quality of the two faces each face being of threekinds namely A, Band C After pressing, the finished plywood should be reconditionedto a moisture content not less than 8 percent and not more than 16 percent.

2.6. Thickness of plywood Boards.TABLE

Board Thickness Board Thickness Board Thickness BoardThickness3 ply. 3 mm. 5 ply. 5 mm. 7 ply. 9 mm. 9 ply.16 mm

4 mm. 6 mm. 13 mm.19 mm .

5 mm. 7 mm. 16 mm. 11 ply.19 mm

6 mm. 8 mm. 9 ply. 13 mm.25 mm .

3.0. Laminated sheet3.1. The Laminated sheet for general purpose shall conform Indian standards

Laminated sheet shall be factory made

2.2. The Laminated sheet shall be a single sheet of standard size and of the samethickness and uniform strength of the Laminated sheet, along the length andwidth of the Laminated sheet and greater resistance to cracking and splitting withcharge in moisture content.

2.3. Laminated sheet shall be of approved make and brand and shall be approvedshade and approved design

2.4. When water glue are used the wood absorbs so much water that the finished

Laminated sheet must be dried carefully. When synthetic resigns are used as

Page 12: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 12/190

 

adhesive the finished Laminated sheet must be exposed to an atmosphere ofcontrolled humidity until the proper amount of moisture has been absorbed.4.0 Stainless steel Fixtures and fastening

4.1. The fixtures and fastenings, that is butt hinges tee and strap hinges sliding

door bolts, tower bolts, door latch, bath-room latch, handles door stoppers,casement window fasteners, casement stays and ventilators catch shall be made ofstainless steel metal as specified in the item or its specification.

4.2. They shall be of stainless steel metal as specified

4.3. The fixtures shall be heavy type. The fixtures and fastenings shall be smoothfinished and shall be such as will ensue ease of operations.

4.4. The samples of fixtures and fastenings shall be got approved as regards,quality and shape before providing them in position

4.5. all the stainless steel fixtures and fastenings shall be bright finished

4.6. Holdfasts:

4.7. Holdfasts shall be made from stainless steel sheets of 30 cm length and one of theholdfasts shall be bent at right angle and two nos of 6 mm. diameter holes, shall bemade in it for fixing it to the frame with screws. At the other end, the holdfast shallbe forked and bent at right angles in opposite directions

4.8. Butt hinges:

4.9. Railway standard heavy type butt hinges shall be used w hen so specified

4.10. Tee and strap hinges shall be manufactured from stainless steel sheets

4.11. The aldrops as specified in the item shall be used and shall be gotapproved.

4.12. Tower bolts (Barrel Type):

4.13. Tower bolts as specified in the item shall be used and shall be gotapproved

4.14. Door Latch:

4.15. The size of door latch shall be taken as the length of latch.

4.16. Bathroom Latch:

4.17. Bathroom latch shall be similar to tower bolt.

4.18. Handle:

Page 13: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 13/190

 

The size of the handles shall be determined by the inside grip length of thehandles. Handles shall have a base plate of length 50 mm . more than the size"of the handle.

4.19. Door Catch:

4.20. Door stoppers shall be either floor door stopper type or door catch typeFloor stopper shall be of overall size as specified and-shall have a rubbercushion.

4.21. Door catch shall be fixed at a height to about 900 m m from the floor levelsuch that one part of the catch is fitted on the inside of the shutter and the otherpart is fixed in the wall with necessary wooden plug arrangements for appropriatefixity The catch shall be fixed 20 mm inside the face of the door for easy operation ofcatch.

4.22. Wooden door stop of size 100 mm x GO mm x 40 mm shall be fixed on thedoor frame with a hinges of 75 mm. size and at a height of 900 mm. from thefloor level The wooden door stop shall be provided with 3 coats of approvedoil paint

4.23. Butt hingesHinges shall be of size 100 mm. x 58 mm. x 1.9 mm Hinges shall be 100 mm. long and 3 Nos. of each shutter shall be provided. case ofsingle shutter 3 hinges shall be provided approved by the engineer-in-charge beforeproviding the same to the doors.

All the wood work shall be finished well rubbing with sand paper so as to have smoothsurface for painting. Hinges shall be of good quality and shall be Free from anyscratches or holes or any damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface onall sides and shall be provided to doors as per the detailed specification drawing or asdirected by the Engineer-in-charge in a workman like manner

4.24. Aldrop oxidized iron 2 Nos. 250 mm. x 16 mm.

Aldrop shall be of good quality and shall be provided to doors as per the detailedspecification drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in a workman like

mannerAldrop shall be of approved brand and make. and shall be Free from any scratches orholes or any damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

4.25. Tower Bolt Oxidized Iron 1 No. 200 mm. x 10 mmTower Bolt shall be of approved brand and make. and shall be Free from any scratchesor holes or any damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shall be provided to doors as per the detailed specification drawing or as directedby the Engineer-in-charge in a workman like manner

4.26. Tadi stainless steel 1 No. 200 mm. x 16 mm. x 5 mm.

Tadi shall be of approved brand and make. and shall be Free from any scratches orholes or any damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides and

Page 14: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 14/190

 

shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shall be provided to doors as per thedetailed specification drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in a workmanlike manner 

4.27 Handle Oxidized Iron 2 Nos. 100 mm. Long  ,

handles shall be of approved make. and shall be Free from any scratches or holes orany damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shallhave finished luster surface on all sides  and shall be provided to doors as per thedetailed specification drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in a workmanlike manner 

4.28. Hold Fast shall be of size 300 mm. x 40 mm. x 3 mm

Hold Fast shall be of approved make. and shall be Free from any scratches or holes orany damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shall

have finished luster surface on all sides  and shall be provided to doors as per thedetailed specification drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in a workmanlike manner 

4.29. Bolts nuts & screws,

All bolts shall be of approved make. and shall be Free from any scratches or holes orany damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shallhave finished luster surface on all sides  and shall be provided to doors as per thedetailed specification drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in a workmanlike manner 

4.30. Stoppers,Stoppers of appropriate size and as approved by Engineer shall be of approved make.shall fixed in proper places as directed by the engineer in charge and shall be Free fromany scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Stoppers shall of best quality andhave finished luster surface on all sides and shall have finished luster surface on allsides  and shall be provided to doors as per the detailed specification drawing or asdirected by the Engineer-in-charge in a workman like manner 

5.0. WorkmanshipFrames:5.1. All members of frames shall be exactly at right angles. The right angle shall bechecked from inside surfaces of the-frames of the respective members.

5.2. All members of frames shall be straight without any warp of bow and shall havesmooth surfaces well planed on the three sides exposed at right angles to each other.The surfaces touching the wall may not be planed unless it is required in order tostraighten up the member or to obtain the overall sizes within the tolerances asspecified.

5.3. Frame shall have dovetail joins. When clerestory windows in included, itshall be provided by having full length one piece post for door or windows and

Page 15: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 15/190

 

clerestory window extending the frame on top at the head to the required extent.Horns shall not be provided in the head of the frame. When no sills are provided, thevertical posts of the frame in the ground floor shall be embedded in the sill masonry for10 cm . on upper floors, the vertical posts shall be fixed in the floor or masonry byforming notches 10 mm. deep. Slight adjustment of spacing as necessary shall be

done to have the hold fasts in the joints of masonry; course. The frame shall beerected in position and held plumb with strong support form north sides and builtin masonry as it is being built. The transom shall be through tenoned into themortises of the jamb pot to the full width of the jamb post and the thickness of the tenonshall be not less than 15 mm.

5.4. Tolerance:Unless specially mentioned otherwise tolerance of + 1.5. mm shall be allowed for eachwrought face.

5.5. The tenons shall be closely fitting into the mortises and suitably pinned with

wood dowels not less than 10 mm. dia. meter. The depth of rebates for housing theshutter shall be as show n in the detailed drawing or as directed.

5.6. The concrete surface of tenon and m ortise shall be treated before puttingtogether with an adhesive of approved make.

5.7. Minimum number of three hold-fasts shall be fixed on each side of doorand windows frames, one at the center point and the other two at 30 mm . fromthe top and bottom of the frames. In case of windows and ventilators frames. Thesize c. each hold-fast shall be 300 x 25 x 6 mm. and of mild-steel with split end. Thehold fasts shall be fixed with screws to frames.

5.8. Mild steel hold fasts shall be protected with a coating of coal asphalt tar.The surface of frame abutting the masonry or concrete faces shall be properly treatedby applying a coat of approved coating.5.9. The shutter shall be prepared by fittings styles and rails (top, bottom , lockand frieze) as for paneled leaves with simple chamfer on edge only. The styles andrails shall be grooved with just sufficient width for receiving panels and plain panels ofspecified type panels shall be fitted into the grooves.

6.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment :

6.1. The unit rate of aluminum door shall include the cost of all materials, cost ofanodizing, cost of all necessary fixtures and fastenings, labour charges for fixing frames,doors and fixing the door in wall at the place shown in drawing and as instructed byEngineer in charge, all tools and plant required for assembling and fixing in position,finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses forpreparing window frame and shutter of specified size to complete the door structure orits components as shown on the drawings and according to these specifications. Theyshall also include the cost of making, fixing and making walls good by plaster patchcolour etc as required

Page 16: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 16/190

 

6.2. The aluminum doors shall be measured for its breadth and height limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of onecubic meter.

6.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

6.4. The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 66

Providing & fixing in position partly fixed and partly operable Double ShutteredPivoted Door, with clolur anodized hollow section frame of approved shade &pivoted double shutter fabricated from aluminum standard section for outer framesize 101 mm x 44.5 mm (of app. Wt. 1.2 kg / Rmt.) and door styles and topical ofaluminum section size 47.5mm x 44.5 mm (of app. Wt. 1.05 kg/ Rmt.) Bottom rail &lock rail for door of size 114mm x 44.5mm (of app. Wt 1.30 Kg./Rmt.) andproviding rubber gasket and glazing chips around the glass allover includingproviding heavy handle, heavy lock, bracket, stoppers. 6 mm the. transparentfloat glass of copper tint fixed with transparent silicon gasket including allrequired materials labours and equipments as per detailed drwg. as directed. fordoor D1

1.0 MATERIAL

1.1 Aluminum standard section

Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded Door section shall confirm to I Sdesignation HEA-WP of I S 733-1975 and also Designation WVG –WP of I S 1285-1975section shall be as specified in the drawing and design.

All sections shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides

1.1.1 size of the style shall 101 mm x 44.5 mm having minimum wt per running metershall not be less than Wt 1.55 Kg per meter

1.1.2. The size of top member shall be section size 47.5 mm x 44.5 mm having weightper running meter shall not be less than 1.05 kg/ Rmt

1.1.3. The size of the bottom member shall be Bottom rail & lock rail for door of size

114mm x 44.5 mm having weight per running meter shall not be less than 1.707Kg./Rmt

Page 17: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 17/190

 

1.3 6 mm thick colour tinted glassThe glass shall be of approved make having thickness of 5 mm The glass shall be clearand free form scratches and cracks The glass shall be provided on the top

1.4. Glassing clips

Glazing clips shall be of size 19.00 x 17.00 mm. shall be Free from any scratches orholes or any damages on surface. All section shall have finished luster surface on allsides

1.5. Rubber Gasket

Rubber gasket shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or

any damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides

1.6. Fixtures

1.6.1 Hinges,

Hinges shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

1.6.2 Handles,

handles shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

1.1.3 Bolts,

All bolts shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

1.6.4 Door closer screws,

Door closer shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

1.6.5 Pivot floor spring &

Pivot floor spring shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holesor any damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides The spring shall be approved by Engineer in charge and shall be fixed in floor and at topof frame as directed by Engineer in charge The spring shall be fitted to give smoothoperation of door as directed by Engineer in charge

1.6.6 Mortise lock etc.

Page 18: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 18/190

 

Mortise lock shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes orany damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides

2.0 WORKMANSHIP

The Work of aluminum door shall be done with extreme finishing. The partial board shallbe fixed in the bottom panel and glass shall be fitted on top panel as directed byEngineer in charge using glazing clips and rubber gaskets as required All the fixturesand fastenings shall be fitted at right place and as directed by Engineer in charge. Floorspring shall be fitted properly so as to align the door properly and shall be given trial ofopening and closing properly.

3.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment :

3.1. The unit rate of aluminum door shall include the cost of all materials, cost ofanodizing, cost of all necessary fixtures and fastenings, labour charges for fixing frames,

doors and fixing the door in wall at the place shown in drawing and as instructed byEngineer in charge, all tools and plant required for assembling and fixing in position,finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses forpreparing door frame and shutter of specified size to complete the door structure or itscomponents as shown on the drawings and according to these specifications. They shallalso include the cost of making, fixing and making walls good by plaster patch colour etcas required

3.2. The door shall be measured for its width and height, limiting dimensions to thosespecified on plan or as directed.

3.3. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 67

Providing & fixing in position Double Shuttered Door, with clolur anodizedhollow section frame of approved shade & pivoted double shutter fabricated fromaluminum standard section for outer frame size 101 mm x 44.5 mm (of app. Wt. 1.2kg / Rmt.) and door styles and topical of aluminum section size 47.5mm x 44.5 mm(of app. Wt. 1.05 kg/ Rmt.) Bottom rail & lock rail for door of size 114mm x 44.5mm(of app. Wt 1.30 Kg./Rmt.) and providing rubber gasket and glazing chips aroundthe glass allover including providing heavy handle, heavy lock, bracket, stoppers.5 mm the. transparent float glass fixed with transparent silicon gasket includingall required materials labours and equipments as per detailed drwg. as directed.for door D2 & D3

1.0 MATERIAL

Page 19: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 19/190

 

1.1 Aluminum standard section

Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded Door section shall confirm to I Sdesignation HEA-WP of I S 733-1975 and also Designation WVG –WP of I S 1285-1975section shall be as specified in the drawing and design.

All sections shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides

1.1.1 size of the style shall 101 mm x 44.5 mm having minimum wt per running metershall not be less than Wt 1.55 Kg per meter

1.1.2. The size of top member shall be section size 47.5 mm x 44.5 mm having weightper running meter shall not be less than 1.05 kg/ Rmt

1.1.3. The size of the bottom member shall be Bottom rail & lock rail for door of size

114mm x 44.5 mm having weight per running meter shall not be less than 1.707Kg./Rmt

1.3 6 mm thick colour tinted glassThe glass shall be of approved make having thickness of 5 mm The glass shall be clearand free form scratches and cracks The glass shall be provided on the top

1.4. Glassing clips

Glazing clips shall be of size 19.00 x 17.00 mm. shall be Free from any scratches orholes or any damages on surface. All section shall have finished luster surface on allsides

1.5. Rubber Gasket

Rubber gasket shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes orany damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides

1.6. Fixtures

1.6.1 Hinges,

Hinges shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

1.6.2 Handles,

handles shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

1.1.3 Bolts,

Page 20: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 20/190

 

All bolts shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

1.6.4 Door closer screws,

Door closer shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

1.6.5 Pivot floor spring &

Pivot floor spring shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holesor any damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides The spring shall be approved by Engineer in charge and shall be fixed in floor and at topof frame as directed by Engineer in charge The spring shall be fitted to give smoothoperation of door as directed by Engineer in charge

1.6.6 Mortise lock etc.

Mortise lock shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes orany damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides

2.0 WORKMANSHIP

The Work of aluminum door shall be done with extreme finishing. The partial board shallbe fixed in the bottom panel and glass shall be fitted on top panel as directed byEngineer in charge using glazing clips and rubber gaskets as required All the fixturesand fastenings shall be fitted at right place and as directed by Engineer in charge. Floorspring shall be fitted properly so as to align the door properly and shall be given trial ofopening and closing properly.

3.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment :

3.1. The unit rate of aluminum door shall include the cost of all materials, cost ofanodizing, cost of all necessary fixtures and fastenings, labour charges for fixing frames,doors and fixing the door in wall at the place shown in drawing and as instructed byEngineer in charge, all tools and plant required for assembling and fixing in position,finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses for

preparing door frame and shutter of specified size to complete the door structure or itscomponents as shown on the drawings and according to these specifications. They shallalso include the cost of making, fixing and making walls good by plaster patch colour etcas required

3.2. The door shall be measured for its width and height, limiting dimensions to thosespecified on plan or as directed.

3.3. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

Page 21: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 21/190

 

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 68

Providing & fixing in position Single Shuttered Door, with 40 x 40 x 5 mm angle section frameincluding cutting welding and fabricating M S angle frame with 35 mm thick teak wood singleshutter having panels of16 mm thick both side laminated partial board including all necessaryfixtures and fastenings and oil painting two coats with anamal paint and one coat of primer etccomplete as per detailed drwg. as directed. for door D4

1.0 MATERIAL

Colour anodized aluminum section frame of size 101 mm x 44.50 mm x 1.65 mm  

1.1. Main frame shall be of standard anodized Aluminum hollow sections having standard weight perrunning meter as described in details in item of schedule B 

1.2. Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded Window section shall confirm to I S designationHEA-WP of I S 733-1975 and also Designation WVG –WP of I S 1285-1975 section shall be as specifiedin the drawing and design

1.3. All sections shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface.

1.4. All section shall have finished luster surface on all sides

1.5. Frame shall be reinforced with wood in vertical size to fix hinges.

Chill wood

1.6. Chill wood 3.0 Chill wood

The non-teak wood shall be chemically treated, seasoned as per I.S. Specifications and of goodquality. The type of wood shall be got approved before collecting the same on site Fabrication ofwooden members shall be started only after approval. For this purpose wood of Chill will be usedfor door where as only chill will be permitted for filling in aluminum section frames after properseasoning and chemical treatment.

The Chill wood shall be free from large loose dead of cluster knots, flows, shakes, warps,bends or any other defects, It shall be uniform in substance and of straight fibers as far as possibleIt shall be free fro rots, decay, harmful fungi and other defects of nature which will effect the strength,durability or its usefulness for the purpose for which it is required.

The colour of wood shall be uniform as far as possible. The scantlings planks etc. shall be saw in straightlines and planes in the direction of grain and of uniform thickness. The department will use the Agency toproduce certificate from Forest Department in event of dispute and the decision of theDepartment shall be final and binding to the contractor. The tolerance in the dimension shall beallowed at 1.5 mm. per face to be planed.

2.0 Fixtures and fastening

2.1. The fixtures and fastenings, that is butt hinges tee and strap hinges sliding door bolts, towerbolts, door latch, bath-room latch, handles door stoppers, casement window fasteners, casementstays and ventilators catch shall be made of the metal as specified in the item or its specification.

2.2. They shall be of iron, brass, aluminum chromium plated iron, chromium plated brass,copper oxidized iron, copper oxidized brass or anodized aluminum as specified

Page 22: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 22/190

 

2.3. The fixtures shall be heavy medium or light type. The fixtures and fastenings shall be smoothfinished and shall be such as will ensue ease of operations.23. . The samples of fixtures and fastenings shall be got approved as regards, quality and shapebefore providing them in position

2.5. Brass and anodized aluminum fixtures and fastenings shall be bright finished

2.6. Holdfasts:

2.7. Holdfasts shall be made from mild steel flat 30 cm length and one of the holdfasts shall be bent atright angle and two nos of 6 mm. diameter holes, shall be made in it for fixing it to the frame withscrews. At the other end, the holdfast shall be forked and bent at right angles in opposite directions

2.8. Butt hinges:

2.9. Railway standard heavy type butt hinges shall be used w hen so specified

2.10. Tee and strap hinges shall be manufactured from M S Sheet

2.11. The aldrops as specified in the item shall be used and shall be got approved.

2.12. Tower bolts (Barrel Type):

2.13. Tower bolts as specified in the item shall be used and shall be got approved

2.14. Door Latch:

2.15. The size of door latch shall be taken as the length of latch.

2.16. Bathroom Latch:

2.17. Bathroom latch shall be similar to tower bolt.

2.18. Handle:The size of the handles shall be determined by the inside grip length of the handles. Handlesshall have a base plate of length 50 mm . more than the size" of the handle.

2.19. Door Catch:

2.20. Door stoppers shall be either floor door stopper type or door catch type Floor stoppershall be of overall size as specified and-shall have a rubber cushion.

2.22. Door catch shall be fixed at a height to about 900 m m from the floor level such that one partof the catch is fitted on the inside of the shutter and the other part is fixed in the wall withnecessary wooden plug arrangements for appropriate fixity The catch shall be fixed 20 mm inside theface of the door for easy operation of catch.

2.23. Wooden door stop of size 100 mm x GO mm x 40 mm shall be fixed on the door framewith a hinges of 75 mm. size and at a height of 900 mm. from the floor level Thewooden door stop shall be provided with 3 coats of approved oil paint

2.24. Butt hingesHinges shall be of size 100 mm. x 58 mm. x 1.9 mm Hinges shall be of any approved make and shall conform to the detailed of M-43 of the general.

specification of materials.Hinges shall be 100 mm. long and 3 Nos. of each shutter shall be provided. case of single shutter 3hinges shall be provided approved by the engineer-in-charge before providing the same to the doors.

Page 23: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 23/190

 

All the wood work shall be finished well rubbing with sand paper so as to have smooth surface for painting.Hinges shall be of good quality and shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages onsurface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides  and shall be provided to doors as per thedetailed specification drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in a workman like manner

2.25. Aldrop oxidized iron 2 Nos. 250 mm. x 16 mm.

Aldrop shall be of good quality and shall be provided to doors as per the detailed specification drawing oras directed by the Engineer-in-charge in a workman like mannerAldrop shall be of approved brand and make. and shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

2.26. Tower Bolt Oxidized Iron 1 No. 200 mm. x 10 mmTower Bolt shall be of approved brand and make. and shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shall be provided to doors asper the detailed specification drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in a workman like manner

2.27. Tadi Oxidized Iron 1 No. 200 mm. x 16 mm. x 5 mm.Tadi shall be of approved brand and make. and shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides   and shall have finished luster

surface on all sides  and shall be provided to doors as per the detailed specification drawing or asdirected by the Engineer-in-charge in a workman like manner 

2.28 Handle Oxidized Iron 2 Nos. 100 mm. Long  ,handles shall be of approved make. and shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages onsurface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shall have finished luster surface on allsides  and shall be provided to doors as per the detailed specification drawing or as directed by theEngineer-in-charge in a workman like manner 

2.29. Hold Fast shall be of size 300 mm. x 40 mm. x 3 mmHold Fast shall be of approved make. and shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages onsurface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shall have finished luster surface on allsides  and shall be provided to doors as per the detailed specification drawing or as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge in a workman like manner 

2.30. Bolts nuts & screws,All bolts shall be of approved make. and shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages onsurface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shall have finished luster surface on allsides  and shall be provided to doors as per the detailed specification drawing or as directed by theEngineer-in-charge in a workman like manner 

2.31. Stoppers,Stoppers of appropriate size and as approved by Engineer shall be of approved make. shall fixed inproper places as directed by the engineer in charge and shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. Stoppers shall of best quality and have finished luster surface on all sides and shallhave finished luster surface on all sides and shall be provided to doors as per the detailed specification

drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in a workman like manner  

3.0. Workmanship

Frames:3.1. All members to be filled in section of aluminum frames shall be exactly at right angles. The rightangle shall be checked from inside surfaces of the-frames of the respective members.

3.2. All members to be filled in section of aluminum frames shall be straight without any warp of bow andshall have smooth surfaces well planed on the three sides exposed at right angles to each other. Thesurfaces touching the wall may not be planed unless it is required in order to straighten up the memberor to obtain the overall sizes within the tolerances as specified.

Page 24: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 24/190

 

3.3. All members to be filled in section of aluminum frames shall have dovetail joins. When clerestorywindows in included, it shall be provided by having full length one piece post for door orwindows and clerestory window extending the frame on top at the head to the required extent.Horns shall not be provided in the head of the frame. When no sills are provided, the vertical posts of theframe in the ground floor shall be embedded in the sill masonry for 10 cm . on upper floors, the verticalposts shall be fixed in the floor or masonry by forming notches 10 mm. deep. Slight adjustment of

spacing as necessary shall be done to have the hold fasts in the joints of masonry; course. The Allmembers to be filled in section of aluminum frames shall be erected in size fit to inner dimensions ofthe aluminum frame

3.4. Tolerance:Unless specially mentioned otherwise tolerance of + 1.5. mm shall be allowed for each wrought face.

3.5. The tenons shall be closely fitting into the mortises and suitably pinned with wood dowelsnot less than 10 mm. dia. meter. The depth of rebates for housing the shutter shall be as show n in thedetailed drawing or as directed.

3.6. The concrete surface of tenon and m ortise shall be treated before putting together with an

adhesive of approved make.

3.7. Minimum number of three hold-fasts shall be fixed on each side of door and windowsframes, one at the center point and the other two at 30 mm . from the top and bottom of theframes. In case of windows and ventilators frames. The size c. each hold-fast shall be 300 x 25 x 6mm. and of mild-steel with split end. The hold fasts shall be fixed with screws to frames.

3.8. Mild steel hold fasts shall be protected with a coating of coal asphalt tar. The surface offrame abutting the masonry or concrete faces shall be properly treated by applying a coat of approvedcoating.3.9. The shutter shall be prepared by fittings styles and rails (top, bottom , lock and frieze) as forpaneled leaves with simple chamfer on edge only. The styles and rails shall be grooved with justsufficient width for receiving panels and plain panels of specified type panels shall be fitted into thegrooves.

4.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment :

4.1. The unit rate of aluminum door shall include the cost of all materials, cost of anodizing, cost of all

necessary fixtures and fastenings, labour charges for fixing frames, doors and fixing the door in wall at

the place shown in drawing and as instructed by Engineer in charge, all tools and plant required for

assembling and fixing in position, finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other

incidental expenses for preparing window frame and shutter of specified size to complete the door

structure or its components as shown on the drawings and according to these specifications. They shall

also include the cost of making, fixing and making walls good by plaster patch colour etc as required

4.2. The aluminum doors shall be measured for its breadth and height limiting dimensions to thosespecified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter.

4.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

4.4. The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 69

providing and fixing door in single size 18 mm fitted in Granite stone slab framewith 35 mm thick fiber glass FRP with1.5 to 2 mm thick fire extinguishing

Page 25: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 25/190

 

grade FRP Skin in flat panel in Polish finish design The core of the shutter is tobe filled up with injected fire extinguishing grade polyurethane foam done in situalong with embedded wooden places for stiffening and also for taking hinges andfixtures. The FRP shutter is to be water proof and resistance to mild acid/alkali.Rates are to be inclusive of S.S. hinges with necessary screws and aluminum

fixtures and fastening. Product should have 3 years performance guarantee andcompany have ISO 9001-2000 certificate. Corner rounded quality as directed1.0 MATERIAL

1.1. MIRROR POLISHED GRANITE FOR FRAME

specification no M-51 in specification Booklet for building works for granitestone slab shall be applied for this item

1.1. granite slab shall be white or of other and of best quality as approved by theEngineer-in-c charge

1.2. Slabs shall be hard, close, uniform and homogeneous in texture. They shall haveeven crystalline gram and free from defects and cracks. The surface shall be machinepolished to an even and perfect plane surface and edges machine cut true and square.The rear f ice shall be rough to provide key for the mortar

1.3. granite slabs with natural veins, if selected shall have to be laid as per thepattern given by the Engineer-in-charge. Size of the slab shall be minim um 460mm x450 mm and preferably 600 mm 'x 600 mm. However, smaller sizes will beallowed to be used of the extent of maintaining required pattern.

1.4. The granite slab shall not be thinner than the specified thickness at its thinnestpart. A few specimen of finished slab to be used shall be deposited by the Contractor inthe office for reference

1.5. Except as above the marble slabs shall conform to I.S. 1130-1969

1.2. FRP flush single shutter 28mm thick

FRP Molded shutters shall be of approved made as approved by Engineer in chargeFRP molded shutters shall be of water proof weather proof termite proof mild acid andalkali proof, sound proof and fire resistance

FRP Shutters of 27 mm thick in standard design of FRP and 3.12 mm hide anddandified molded wood primer coated skin on both side of shutter skin is to beconfirmed to ASTMD - 1037 pressed under hot process over wood style 65 x 27 mm topand bottom rail and lock rail 125 mm x 27 mm including stainless steel hinges withnecessary aluminum fixture and fastening remaining hole of portion is to be filled up withPUF and shutters is to be finished in gel coat

Page 26: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 26/190

 

Whole section shall be of water proof weather proof termite proof mild acid and alkaliproof, sound proof and fire resistance

The shutters shall be of best quality and free from any defect

2.0. ALUMINUM FIXTURES AND FASTNINGS

2.1 STAIN LESS STEEL HINGES,Hinges shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

The hinges shall be of best quality and free from any defect

2.2 Handles,

Handles shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any

damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

The handles shall be of best quality and free from any defect

2.3 Bolts,

All bolts shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

The bolts shall be of best quality and free from any defect

3.0 WORKMANSHIP

3.1. The Work of FRP door shall be done with extreme finishing. The FRP Shutters andgranite frame shall be fixed in position in true line and level and shall be fitted asdirected by Engineer in charge with all required fixtures and fastenings shall be fitted atright place as shown in the drawing and as directed by Engineer in charge.

3.2. The back of each Stone slab to be fixed shall be smeared with cement paste ofmatching colour and the Stone slab shall then be gently tapped against the surface,with a wooden mallet. The skirting shall be done only after the fixing is completed. Any

pipes coming out of the wall through the dado or skirting shall only be at theintersection of the horizontal and vertical joints. The Stone slab shall not havestaggered joints. The joints shall be true to entire line both ways and vertical  joints shall be in line with joints or flooring. Stone slab shall be fixed as close aspossible to the adjoining tiles and any difference in the thickness of the Stone slabshall be evened out in the cement paste so that all the tiles faces are set inconformity with one another. The skirting shall project uniformly and not morethan 6 mm, thickness beyond the finished surface above. Top of skirting or dadoshall be truly horizontal. The risers of steps, skirling or dado shall rest on top oftreads of flooring. Wherever required the Stone slab shall be cut (saw n) and thin edgessmoothened before use.

Page 27: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 27/190

 

4.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment :

4.1. The unit rate of FRP door shall include the cost of all materials, cost of allnecessary fixtures and fastenings, labour charges for fixing frames, doors and fixing theFRP door in wall at the place shown in drawing and as instructed by Engineer in charge,

all tools and plant required for assembling and fixing in position, finishing as perdirection of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses for preparing doorframe and shutter of specified size to complete the door structure or its components asshown on the drawings and according to these specifications. They shall also includethe cost of making, fixing and making walls good by plaster patch colour etc as required

4.2. The FRP door shall be measured for its length or width and height, limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed.

4.3. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 70

Providing & fixing in position standard extruded Aluminum Two track slidingshutters Window with colour anodized 3/4" section having two / three track topand side of section size 61 x 31.50 x 1.10 mm size (having wt per Rmt 0.546 Kg)and two track bottom of size 61.50 x 31.50 mm x 1.10 mm size (having weight perRmt 0.642 Kg) with top section for shutters Top rail 25.50 x 69 x 1.80 mm ( havingweight per Rmt = 0.956 Kg) handle section of size 17.50 x 39.50 x x 1.15 ( having

weight per Rmt = 0.396 Kg ) and interlock rail 17.50 x 39.50 x x 1.15 ( havingweight per Rmt = 0.505 Kg )of approved shade &sliding shutters and providingrubber gasket and glazing chips around the glass allover including providingheavy handle, heavy lock, bracket, stoppers. 5 mm the. transparent float glassfixed with transparent silicon gasket including all required materials labours andequipments as per detailed drwg. as directed.

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing two track aluminum anodized twotrack windows of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to

these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 MATERIAL

1.1.1 Main outer frame of rectangular tube 

Main frame shall be of standard anodized Aluminum hollow sections having standardweight per running meter as described in details in item of schedule B 

Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded Window section shall confirm to I Sdesignation HEA-WP of I S 733-1975 and also Designation WVG –WP of I S 1285-1975

section shall be as specified in the drawing and design

Page 28: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 28/190

 

All sections shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides

Frame shall be reinforced with wood in vertical size to fix hinges.

1.2 Window Sliding Shutter frame of aluminum standard section

Frame of shutters shall be of standard anodized Aluminum hollow sections havingstandard weight per running meter as described in details in item of schedule B 

All sections shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides All sections shall be of best qualityand free from any defect

1.2 Glazing clits

Glazing clits shall be of standard anodized Aluminum standard sections having standardweight per running meter as described in details in item of schedule B 

Glazing clits shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shall be of best quality freefrom any defect

1.3 Rubber Gasket

Rubber gasket shall be of approved brand and make as approved by Engineer in chargeand shall be of best quality free from any defect

2.0  Colour tinted glass

Colour tinted float glass shall be of approved colour and quality. The thickness of theglass shall be as prescribed in description of the item The glass shall be of best qualityand shall be free from any defect.

3.0. Fixtures3.2  Anodized Aluminum Handle

Handle of anodized aluminum shall be heavy type handles of approved size and qualityof approved make and shall be fixed in position as directed by Engineer in charge Itshall be of best quality and free from any defect

2.0 WORKMANSHIP

The window shall be fabricated as shown in detail architectural drawing and as perinstruction of engineer in charge, Only approved material shall be used in door colour ofanodizing shall be approved colour and shall be anodized up to the satisfaction ofengineer in charge. Completed door shall be fixed in position in true line and level andshall be got tested as shown in the drawing as per instruction of engineer in charge.

3.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment:

Page 29: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 29/190

 

3.1. The unit rate of aluminum windows shall include the cost of all materials, cost ofanodizing, cost of all necessary fixtures and fastenings, glass for sliding shutters andlabour charges for fixing frames, shutters and fixing the window in wall at the placeshown in drawing and as instructed by Engineer in charge, all tools and plant required

for assembling and fixing in position, finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge,and all other incidental expenses for preparing window frame and shutter of specifiedsize to complete the door structure or its components as shown on the drawings andaccording to these specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing andmaking walls good by plaster patch colour etc as required

6.4. The aluminum windows shall be measured for its breath and height limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed.

6.5. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 71

Providing & fixing Window With standard extruded Aluminum section frame andshutters (Casement window Hinged type) double shutter Window with anodizedsection for outer frame size 48 x 24 x 1.35 mm of approved shade and providingaluminum shutters of section 59 x 33 size including providing rubber gasketaround the glass allover including providing 5 mm thick. transparent float glassfixed in channels including all required materials labours and equipments as perdetailed drwg. as directed.

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing two track aluminum anodized

windows of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 MATERIAL

Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded windows sections shall conform toIS designation HEA-WP of IS 733-1975 and also to IS Designation WVG-WP of IS1285-1975 The section shall be as specified in the drawing and design The fabricationshall be done as directed 

1.1.1 Main outer frame of rectangular tube P Section 

Page 30: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 30/190

 

Main two track frame shall be of standard anodized Aluminum hollow P-sections asdescribed in details in item of schedule B 

Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded Window section shall confirm to I Sdesignation HEA-WP of I S 733-1975 and also Designation WVG –WP of I S 1285-1975

section shall be as specified in the drawing and design

All sections shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides

Frame shall be reinforced with wood in vertical size to fix hinges.

1.2 Window Sliding Shutter frame of aluminum standard section

Frame of shutters shall be of standard anodized Aluminum hollow sections as describedin details in item of schedule B 

All sections shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides All sections shall be of best qualityand free from any defect

1.2 Glazing clits

Glazing clits shall be of standard anodized Aluminum standard sections as described indetails in item of schedule B 

Glazing clits shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shall be of best quality freefrom any defect

1.3 Rubber Gasket

Rubber gasket shall be of approved brand and make as approved by Engineer in chargeand shall be of best quality free from any defect

2.0  4 mm thick Frosted or obscured on one side

Colour tinted float glass shall be of approved colour and quality. The thickness of theglass shall be as prescribed in description of the item The glass shall be of best qualityand shall be free from any defect.

3.0. Fixtures3.2  Anodized Aluminum Handle

Handle of anodized aluminum shall be heavy type handles of approved size and qualityof approved make and shall be fixed in position as directed by Engineer in charge Itshall be of best quality and free from any defect

2.0 WORKMANSHIP

Page 31: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 31/190

 

The window shall be fabricated as shown in detail architectural drawing and as perinstruction of engineer in charge, Only approved material shall be used in door colour ofanodizing shall be approved colour and shall be anodized up to the satisfaction ofengineer in charge. Completed door shall be fixed in position in true line and level andshall be got tested as shown in the drawing as per instruction of engineer in charge.

3.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment:

3.1. The unit rate of aluminum windows shall include the cost of all materials, cost ofanodizing, cost of all necessary fixtures and fastenings, glass for sliding shutters andlabour charges for fixing frames, shutters and fixing the window in wall at the placeshown in drawing and as instructed by Engineer in charge, all tools and plant requiredfor assembling and fixing in position, finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge,and all other incidental expenses for preparing window frame and shutter of specifiedsize to complete the door structure or its components as shown on the drawings andaccording to these specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing and

making walls good by plaster patch colour etc as required

6.4. The aluminum windows shall be measured for its breath and height limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed.

6.5. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 72

Providing & fixing Window with standard extruded Aluminum section frame and

shutters (Casement window Hinged type) double shutter Window with anodizedsection for outer frame size 48 x 24 x 1.35 mm of approved shade and providingaluminium shutters of section 59 x 33 size including providing rubber gasketaround the glass allover including providing 5 mm thick. transparent float glassfixed in channels including all required materials labours and equipments as perdetailed drwg. as directed.

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing two track aluminum anodizedwindows of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 MATERIAL

Page 32: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 32/190

 

Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded windows sections shall conform toIS designation HEA-WP of IS 733-1975 and also to IS Designation WVG-WP of IS1285-1975 The section shall be as specified in the drawing and design The fabricationshall be done as directed 

1.1.1 Main outer frame of rectangular tube P Section 

Main two track frame shall be of standard anodized Aluminum hollow P-sections asdescribed in details in item of schedule B 

Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded Window section shall confirm to I Sdesignation HEA-WP of I S 733-1975 and also Designation WVG –WP of I S 1285-1975section shall be as specified in the drawing and design

All sections shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides

Frame shall be reinforced with wood in vertical size to fix hinges.

1.2 Window Sliding Shutter frame of aluminum standard section

Frame of shutters shall be of standard anodized Aluminum hollow sections as describedin details in item of schedule B 

All sections shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides All sections shall be of best qualityand free from any defect

1.2 Glazing clits

Glazing clits shall be of standard anodized Aluminum standard sections as described indetails in item of schedule B 

Glazing clits shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides and shall be of best quality freefrom any defect

1.3 Rubber Gasket

Rubber gasket shall be of approved brand and make as approved by Engineer in chargeand shall be of best quality free from any defect

2.0  4 mm thick Frosted or obscured on one side

Colour tinted float glass shall be of approved colour and quality. The thickness of theglass shall be as prescribed in description of the item The glass shall be of best qualityand shall be free from any defect.

3.0. Fixtures3.2  Anodized Aluminum Handle

Page 33: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 33/190

 

Handle of anodized aluminum shall be heavy type handles of approved size and qualityof approved make and shall be fixed in position as directed by Engineer in charge Itshall be of best quality and free from any defect

2.0 WORKMANSHIP

The window shall be fabricated as shown in detail architectural drawing and as perinstruction of engineer in charge, Only approved material shall be used in door colour ofanodizing shall be approved colour and shall be anodized up to the satisfaction ofengineer in charge. Completed door shall be fixed in position in true line and level andshall be got tested as shown in the drawing as per instruction of engineer in charge.

3.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment:

3.1. The unit rate of aluminum windows shall include the cost of all materials, cost of

anodizing, cost of all necessary fixtures and fastenings, glass for sliding shutters andlabour charges for fixing frames, shutters and fixing the window in wall at the placeshown in drawing and as instructed by Engineer in charge, all tools and plant requiredfor assembling and fixing in position, finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge,and all other incidental expenses for preparing window frame and shutter of specifiedsize to complete the door structure or its components as shown on the drawings andaccording to these specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing andmaking walls good by plaster patch colour etc as required

6.4. The aluminum windows shall be measured for its breath and height limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed.

6.5. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 73

Providing & fixing in position standard extruded Aluminum Ventilator withlouvers with anodized section for outer frame size 48 x 24 x 1.35 mm ofapproved shade louvers from aluminum standard section and providing rubbergasket around the glass allover including providing 5 mm thick. transparent floatglass fixed in channels including all required materials labours and equipmentsas per detailed drwg. as directed.

Page 34: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 34/190

 

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing two track aluminum anodizedventilator of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 MATERIALAluminum standard section

Main outer frame of rectangular tube 

1.1. Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded Window section shall confirmto I S designation HEA-WP of I S 733-1975 and also Designation WVG –WP of I S1285-1975 section shall be as specified in the drawing and design

1.2. Size of the rectangular tube shall confirm 48 x 24 x 1.35 mm size

All sections shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface. Allsection shall have finished luster surface on all sides

1.3. Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded Window section shall confirmto I S designation HEA-WP of I S 733-1975 and also Designation WVG –WP of I S1285-1975 section shall be as specified in the drawing and design

1.4. All channels shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface.All section shall have finished luster surface on all sides

1.5 Ventilators (louvers) shutter frame of size 40 mm x 18 mm

1.7. Aluminum alloy used in the manufacture of extruded Window section shall confirmto I S designation HEA-WP of I S 733-1975 and also Designation WVG –WP of I S1285-1975 section shall be as specified in the drawing and design

1.8. All sections shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any damages on surface.All section shall have finished luster surface on all sides

1.9 GlassThe glass shall be of approved make having thickness of 5 mm The glass shall be clearand free form scratches and cracks The glass shall be provided on the top

1.10. Rubber Gasket

Rubber gasket shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes orany damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides

1.11. Fixtures and fastenings

Hinges,Hinges shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or any

damages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

Page 35: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 35/190

 

Handles,Handles shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

Bolts,

All bolts shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

Stoppers,Stoppers shall be of approved make. shall be Free from any scratches or holes or anydamages on surface. and shall have finished luster surface on all sides 

2.0 WORKMANSHIPThe Work of aluminum window shall be done with extreme finishing. The partial boardshall be fixed in the bottom panel and glass shall be fitted on top panel as directed by

Engineer in charge using glazing clips and rubber gaskets as required All the fixturesand fastenings shall be fitted at right place and as directed by Engineer in charge. Floorspring shall be fitted properly so as to align the window properly and shall be given trialof opening and closing properly.

3.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment :3.1. The unit rate of aluminum Ventilators shall include the cost of all materials, cost ofanodizing, cost of all necessary fixtures and fastenings, glass for sliding shutters andlabour charges for fixing frames, shutters and fixing the cabin door in wall at the placeshown in drawing and as instructed by Engineer in charge, all tools and plant requiredfor assembling and fixing in position, finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge,and all other incidental expenses for preparing Ventilators frame and shutter of specifiedsize to complete the door structure or its components as shown on the drawings andaccording to these specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing andmaking walls good by plaster patch colour etc as required

6.4. The aluminum Ventilators shall be measured for its breath and height limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed.

6.5. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

3.2. The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item no. 74

providing and applying 20 mm thick double coat mala cement plaster on brick /concrete wall for interior plastering having 12 mm th base coat in cement mortar1:4 [ 1 cement :4 coarse sand]and 8 mm th finishing coat in C M 1:2 ( q cement : 2

coarse sand) with trovel finish as directed etc complete.For ground floor

Page 36: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 36/190

 

General

This work shall consist of Providing 20 mm the cement mala plaster in double coatof the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

Material

1.0 CEMENT

1.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the priorapproval of the Engineer:

a) Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.

d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

1.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimum

required design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible

cement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

1.3. Cement conforming to IS:8112 and IS:12269 may be used provided the minimumcement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution ashigh early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finer

grinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate andC2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strengthconsiderations.

1.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate andmagnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive toconcrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS:456 are soleplate concentrationin excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water.Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land using

chemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall becarefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum requireddesign strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cementcontent of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

1.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

1.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no caseexceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminate per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

Page 37: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 37/190

 

1.7. StorageCement shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as toavoid deterioration or contamination, Cement shall be stored above ground level inperfectly dry and water tight sheds and shall be stacked not more than eight bags high.

Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacity should sufficient to cover tothe requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4 months

1.8. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily identified andinspected and cement shall be used in the sequence in which it is delivered in any way,during storage shall not be used in the works and shall be removed from the site by thecontractor without charge to the employerThe contractor shall prepare and maintain proper records on site in respect of deliveryhandling storage and use of cement and these records shall be available for inspectionby the engineer in charge at all times1.9. The contractor shall make a monthly return to the engineer in charge on the date

corresponding to the interim certificate date showing the quantities of cement receivedand issued during the month in stock at the end of the month.

2.0 SAND

2.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean well graded, hard strong durable and grittyparticular free from immures amounts of dust, clay, kankar modules 

2.2. For masonry works sand shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 2116

2.3. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete(PSC) works fine aggregates shall consist of clean, hard strong and durable prices of

crushed stone, crushed gravel or suitable combination of natural sand crushed stone orgravel, They shall not contain dust lumps soft or flaky materials mica or otherdeleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength and durability ofconcrete, or to attack the embedded steel. Motorized sand washing machines should beused to remove impurities from sand. Fine aggregate having positive alkali-silicareaction shall not be used. All fine aggregates shall conform to IS L 383 and tests forconformity shall be carried out as per IS : 2386 (Part I to VIII) The contractor shallsubmit to the Engineer in charge the entire information indicated in Appendix A of IS :383. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate shall neither be less than 2.00 nor greaterthan 3.5.2.4. Sand fine aggregates for structural concrete shall conform to the following gradingrequirements as shown in the table below2.5 Fine Sand: The fineness module shall not exceed 1.0 the sieve analysis of fine sandbe as under:

IS. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

Zone I Zone II Zone III

10 mm 100 100 100

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-1002.3 6mm 60-95 75-100 85-1001.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100

600 MC 15-34 35-59 60-79300 MC 5-20 8-30 12-40

Page 38: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 38/190

 

150 MC 0-10 0-10 0-10

Coarse Sand: The fineness modules of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5 and shallnot exceed 3.0. The sieve analysis of coarse sand be as under:I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing4.75 mm 1002.36mm 90 to 1001.18 mm 70 to 100600 MC 30 to 100300 MC 85 to 70150 MC 00 to 50

3.0. WATER

3.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter and

other deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

3.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication ofunsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared withthe result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

3.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

3.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

3.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

3.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

3.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned atregular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organicmatter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

3.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire moore than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

Page 39: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 39/190

 

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should notrequired more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Permissible limits (Max)Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of tructures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may beincreased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measures

taken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

4.0 WORKMANSHIP

4.1 Sand shall be screened and shall be free from all impurities like dust and looseparticles pieces of stone or kankar or gravel, and all type of organic materials

4.2. Cement and sand shall be mixed in proportions of 1:4 ( 1 cement ; 4 coarse sand)including 8 mm th finishing coat in C M 1:2 ( 1 cement : 2 coarse sand) with trovel finish  Cement and sand shall be proportioned by volume after making due allowance forbulking. The require quantity of water shall then be added and the mortar mixed toproduce workable consistency before mixing platform shall be thoroughly cleanedbefore changing from one type of cement to another.

4.3. The mixing shall be done intimately, The operation shall be carried out on cleanwater tight platform, and cement sand shall be first mixed dry in the required proportionto obtain uniform colour and then the mortar shall be mixed for at least two minutes afteraddition of water. In case of cement mortar, that has suffered because of evaporation of

water the same shall be re-tempered by adding water as frequently as needed to restorethe requisite consistency but its re-tempering shall be permitted only within thirty minutefrom the time of addition to water at the time of initial mixing.

4.4. For a surface which is to be subsequently plastered the joints shall be squarelyracked out to a depth of 15mm. With the mortar is till green. The racked joints shall bewell brushed to remove dust and loose particles and the surface hall be throughwaywashed with water, and wetted

4.5. Cement and sand shall be mixed in proportion as specified in the item, Cement andsand shall be proportioned by volume after making due allowance for bulking. The

required quantity of water shall then be added and the mortar mixed to produceworkable consistency.

Page 40: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 40/190

 

4.6. The mixing shall be done intimately. by hand infixing,. The operation shall becarried out on a clean watertight platform, and cement and sand shall be first mixed dryin the required proportion to obtain mortar that has stiffened because of evaporation ofwater, the same shall be re-tempered by adding water as frequently as needed to

restore the requisite consistent but this re-tempering shall be permitted only within thirtyminutes from the time of addition of initial mixing.

4.7. Plastering shall be started from top and worked down. All long holes shall beproperly filled in advance of the plastering as the scaffolding is being taken down.Wooden screeds 75mm. wide and of the thickness of the plaster shall be fixed vertically2.5- meters to 4 meters apart to act as gauges and guides in applying the plaster. Themortar shall be laid on the wall between the screeds using the plaster float and pressingthe mortar to the racked joints are properly filled.

4.8. The plaster shall then be finished off with a wooden straight edge reaching across

the screeds. The straight edge shall be worked on ).e screeds with a small upward andside way motion 50mm or 75mrri at a time. Finally, the surface shall be finished off witha plaster's wooden float. Metal floats shall not be used.

4.9. When recommencing plastering beyond the work suspended earlier the edge of theold plaster shall be scrapped, cleaned and wetted before plaster is applied to theadjacent areas. No portion of the surface shall be left out initially or be patched by lateron. The plaster shall be finished to a true and plumb thickness of plaster shall not beless than the thickness specified in the item with tolerance of 3mm th which appear inthe surface and all portions, which sound hollow as directed by the Engineer- in charge

4.10. Curing shall be started as soon as the mortar used for finished has hardenedsufficiently no to be damaged when watered. It shall be kept wet for a period of at least7 days. During this period, it shall be suitably protected from all damages;

4.11. Stage scaffolding shall be provided for the work. This shall be independent of thestructure.

4.12. Green work shall be protected from rain by suitable covering. Plaster work iscement of composite mortar shall be kept constantly moist on all faces for a minimumperiod of seven days. The top of the masonry work shall be left flooded with water at the

close of the day.4.13. During hot weather, all finished or partly finished work shall be covered or wettedin such manner as will prevent rapid drying of the brick work.

4.14. The scaffolding shall be sound and strong to withstand all loads to come upon it.The holes which provide resting space for horizontal members shall not be left inmasonry under one meter in width or immediately near the skew backs or arches. Theholes left in the masonry work for supporting the unfolding shall be filled and madegood.

5.0 PROPORTION OF MIX

Page 41: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 41/190

 

5.1.The proportion of cement and sand shall be one part of cement. 3 (Three) parts ofsand and shall be measured by volume.

6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

6.1. The unit rate Plaster shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, applying & placing in position, compacting, finishing as per direction of theEngineer-in-charge, curing and all other incidental expenses for producing plaster workof specified thickness to complete the structure or its components as shown on thedrawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of plastering shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

6.2. The plaster work shall be measured for its length and height, limiting dimensions

to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

6.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item no. 75

providing and applying 20 mm thick double coat mala cement plaster on brick /concrete wall for interior plastering having 12 mm th base coat in cement mortar1:4 [ 1 cement :4 coarse sand]and 8 mm th finishing coat in C M 1:2 ( q cement : 2coarse sand) with trovel finish as directed etc complete For First floor

General

This work shall consist of providing 20mm the cement mala plaster in double coat inFirst floor of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to these

Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge 

Specification Of Item no 74 of Cement mala plaster shall be applied for theexecution of this item except the work shall be done in First floor instead ofground floor

6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

6.1. The unit rate Plaster shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant required

for mixing, applying & placing in position, compacting, finishing as per direction of theEngineer-in-charge, curing and all other incidental expenses for producing plaster work

Page 42: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 42/190

 

of specified thickness to complete the structure or its components as shown on thedrawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of plastering shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plant

scaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

6.2. The plaster work shall be measured for its length and height, limiting dimensionsto those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

6.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work. 

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item no. 76

providing and applying 20 mm thick double coat mala cement plaster on brick /concrete wall for interior plastering having 12 mm th base coat in cement mortar1:4 [ 1 cement :4 coarse sand]and 8 mm th finishing coat in C M 1:2 ( q cement : 2coarse sand) with trovel finish as directed etc complete.For Second floor

GeneralThis work shall consist of providing 20mm the cement mala plaster in double coat inSecond floor of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming tothese Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge 

Specification Of Item no 74 of Cement mala plaster shall be applied for theexecution of this item except the work shall be done in Second floor instead ofground floor

6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

6.1. The unit rate Plaster shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, applying & placing in position, compacting, finishing as per direction of theEngineer-in-charge, curing and all other incidental expenses for producing plaster workof specified thickness to complete the structure or its components as shown on the

drawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of plastering shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

6.2. The plaster work shall be measured for its length and height, limiting dimensionsto those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

6.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Page 43: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 43/190

 

Name of Work : Construction of new building for RTO office at Ahmadabad

Item no. 77

providing and applying 20 mm thick double coat mala cement plaster on brick /concrete wall for interior plastering having 12 mm th base coat in cement mortar

1:4 [ 1 cement :4 coarse sand]and 8 mm th finishing coat in C M 1:2 ( q cement : 2coarse sand) with trovel finish as directed etc complete. For Third floor

GeneralThis work shall consist of providing 20mm the cement mala plaster in double coat inThird floor of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge 

Specification Of Item no 74 of Cement mala plaster shall be applied for theexecution of this item except the work shall be done in Third floor instead ofground floor

6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

6.1. The unit rate Plaster shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, applying & placing in position, compacting, finishing as per direction of theEngineer-in-charge, curing and all other incidental expenses for producing plaster workof specified thickness to complete the structure or its components as shown on thedrawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of plastering shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

6.2. The plaster work shall be measured for its length and height, limiting dimensionsto those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

6.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item no. 78

providing and applying 20 mm thick double coat mala cement plaster on brick /concrete wall for interior plastering having 12 mm th base coat in cement mortar1:4 [ 1 cement :4 coarse sand]and 8 mm th finishing coat in C M 1:2 ( q cement : 2coarse sand) with trovel finish as directed etc complete For Forth floor

General

Page 44: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 44/190

Page 45: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 45/190

 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.

d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

1.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimumrequired design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible

cement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

1.3. Cement conforming to IS:8112 and IS:12269 may be used provided the minimumcement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution ashigh early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finergrinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate andC2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4

weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strengthconsiderations.

1.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate andmagnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive toconcrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS:456 are soleplate concentrationin excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water.Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land usingchemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall be

carefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum requireddesign strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cementcontent of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

1.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

1.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no caseexceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminates per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

1.7. StorageCement shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as toavoid deterioration or contamination, Cement shall be stored above ground level inperfectly dry and water tight sheds and shall be stacked not more than eight bags high.Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacity should sufficient to cover tothe requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4 months

1.8. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily identified andinspected and cement shall be used in the sequence in which it is delivered in any way,

during storage shall not be used in the works and shall be removed from the site by thecontractor without charge to the employer

Page 46: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 46/190

 

The contractor shall prepare and maintain proper records on site in respect of deliveryhandling storage and use of cement and these records shall be available for inspectionby the engineer in charge at all times1.9. The contractor shall make a monthly return to the engineer in charge on the datecorresponding to the interim certificate date showing the quantities of cement received

and issued during the month in stock at the end of the month.

2.0 SAND

2.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean well graded, hard strong durable and grittyparticular free from immures amounts of dust, clay, kankar modules 

2.2. For masonry works sand shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 2116

2.3. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete(PSC) works fine aggregates shall consist of clean, hard strong and durable prices ofcrushed stone, crushed gravel or suitable combination of natural sand crushed stone or

gravel, They shall not contain dust lumps soft or flaky materials mica or otherdeleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength and durability ofconcrete, or to attack the embedded steel. Motorized sand washing machines should beused to remove impurities from sand. Fine aggregate having positive alkali-silicareaction shall not be used. All fine aggregates shall conform to IS L 383 and tests forconformity shall be carried out as per IS : 2386 (Part I to VIII) The contractor shallsubmit to the Engineer in charge the entire information indicated in Appendix A of IS :383. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate shall neither be less than 2.00 nor greaterthan 3.5.2.4. Sand fine aggregates for structural concrete shall conform to the following gradingrequirements as shown in the table below

2.5 Fine Sand: The fineness module shall not exceed 1.0 the sieve analysis of fine sandbe as under:

IS. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

Zone I Zone II Zone III

10 mm 100 100 100

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-100

2.3 6mm 60-95 75-100 85-1001.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100600 MC 15-34 35-59 60-79

300 MC 5-20 8-30 12-40150 MC 0-10 0-10 0-10

Coarse Sand: The fineness modules of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5 and shallnot exceed 3.0. The sieve analysis of coarse sand be as under:I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing4.75 mm 1002.36mm 90 to 1001.18 mm 70 to 100600 MC 30 to 100300 MC 85 to 70150 MC 00 to 50

Page 47: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 47/190

 

3.0. WATER

3.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

3.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication ofunsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared with

the result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

3.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

3.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

3.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

3.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

3.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned atregular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organicmatter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

3.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire moore than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should notrequired more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Permissible limits (Max)

Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/lit

Page 48: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 48/190

 

Soleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of tructures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may be

increased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

4.0 WORKMANSHIP

4.1 Sand shall be screened and shall be free from all impurities like dust and looseparticles pieces of stone or kankar or gravel, and all type of organic materials

4.2. Cement and sand shall be mixed in proportions of 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 fine sand)Cement and sand shall be proportioned by volume after making due allowance forbulking. The require quantity of water shall then be added and the mortar mixed toproduce workable consistency before mixing platform shall be thoroughly cleanedbefore changing from one type of cement to another.

4.3. The mixing shall be done intimately, The operation shall be carried out on cleanwater tight platform, and cement sand shall be first mixed dry in the required proportionto obtain uniform colour and then the mortar shall be mixed for at least two minutes afteraddition of water. In case of cement mortar, that has suffered because of evaporation ofwater the same shall be re-tempered by adding water as frequently as needed to restorethe requisite consistency but its re-tempering shall be permitted only within thirty minutefrom the time of addition to water at the time of initial mixing.

4.4. For a surface which is to be subsequently plastered the joints shall be squarelyracked out to a depth of 15mm. With the mortar is till green. The racked joints shall bewell brushed to remove dust and loose particles and the surface hall be throughwaywashed with water, and wetted

4.5. Cement and sand shall be mixed in proportion as specified in the item, Cement and

sand shall be proportioned by volume after making due allowance for bulking. Therequired quantity of water shall then be added and the mortar mixed to produceworkable consistency.

4.6. The mixing shall be done intimately. by hand infixing,. The operation shall becarried out on a clean watertight platform, and cement and sand shall be first mixed dryin the required proportion to obtain mortar that has stiffened because of evaporation ofwater, the same shall be re-tempered by adding water as frequently as needed torestore the requisite consistent but this re-tempering shall be permitted only within thirtyminutes from the time of addition of initial mixing.

4.7. Plastering shall be started from top and worked down. All long holes shall beproperly filled in advance of the plastering as the scaffolding is being taken down.

Page 49: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 49/190

 

Wooden screeds 75mm. wide and of the thickness of the plaster shall be fixed vertically2.5- meters to 4 meters apart to act as gauges and guides in applying the plaster. Themortar shall be laid on the wall between the screeds using the plaster float and pressingthe mortar to the racked joints are properly filled.

4.8. The plaster shall then be finished off with a wooden straight edge reaching acrossthe screeds. The straight edge shall be worked on ).e screeds with a small upward andside way motion 50mm or 75mrri at a time. Finally, the surface shall be finished off witha plaster's wooden float. Metal floats shall not be used.

4.9. When recommencing plastering beyond the work suspended earlier the edge of theold plaster shall be scrapped, cleaned and wetted before plaster is applied to theadjacent areas. No portion of the surface shall be left out initially or be patched by lateron. The plaster shall be finished to a true and plumb thickness of plaster shall not beless than the thickness specified in the item with tolerance of 3mm th which appear inthe surface and all portions, which sound hollow as directed by the Engineer- in charge

4.10. Curing shall be started as soon as the mortar used for finished has hardenedsufficiently no to be damaged when watered. It shall be kept wet for a period of at least7 days. During this period, it shall be suitably protected from all damages;

4.11. Stage scaffolding shall be provided for the work. This shall be independent of thestructure.

4.12. Green work shall be protected from rain by suitable covering. Plaster work iscement of composite mortar shall be kept constantly moist on all faces for a minimumperiod of seven days. The top of the masonry work shall be left flooded with water at theclose of the day.4.13. During hot weather, all finished or partly finished work shall be covered or wettedin such manner as will prevent rapid drying of the brick work.

4.14. The scaffolding shall be sound and strong to withstand all loads to come upon it.The holes which provide resting space for horizontal members shall not be left inmasonry under one meter in width or immediately near the skew backs or arches. Theholes left in the masonry work for supporting the unfolding shall be filled and madegood.

5.0 PROPORTION OF MIX

5.1.The proportion of cement and sand shall be one part of cement. 4 (Four) parts ofsand and shall be measured by volume.

6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

6.1. The unit rate Plaster shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, applying & placing in position, compacting, finishing as per direction of theEngineer-in-charge, curing and all other incidental expenses for producing plaster workof specified thickness to complete the structure or its components as shown on the

drawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

Page 50: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 50/190

 

The rate of plastering shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

6.2. The plaster work shall be measured for its length and height, limiting dimensions

to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

6.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item no. 80

providing and applying 10 mm thick single coat mala cement plaster on Cellingand sofits of stair for interior plastering in Cement mortar 1:3 [1 cement :3 coarsesand including floating coat in Cement mortar 1:2 with trovel finish as directedetc. complete. for First Floor

GeneralThis work shall consist of providing 10mm the cement mala plaster in ceiling for firstfloor of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge 

Specification Of Item no 79 of 10 mm thick Cement mala plaster shall be appliedfor the execution of this item except the work shall be done in First floor insteadof ground floor

6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

6.1. The unit rate Plaster shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, applying & placing in position, compacting, finishing as per direction of theEngineer-in-charge, curing and all other incidental expenses for producing plaster workof specified thickness to complete the structure or its components as shown on the

drawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of plastering shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

6.2. The plaster work shall be measured for its length and height, limiting dimensionsto those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

6.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Page 51: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 51/190

 

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item no. 81

providing and applying 10 mm thick single coat mala cement plaster on Celling

and sofits of stair for interior plastering in Cement mortar 1:3 [1 cement :3 coarsesand including floating coat in Cement mortar 1:2 with trovel finish as directedetc. complete. for Second Floor GeneralThis work shall consist of providing 10mm the cement mala plaster in ceiling forSecond floor of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming tothese Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge 

Specification Of Item no 79 of 10 mm thick Cement mala plaster shall be appliedfor the execution of this item except the work shall be done in Second floorinstead of ground floor

6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

6.1. The unit rate Plaster shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, applying & placing in position, compacting, finishing as per direction of theEngineer-in-charge, curing and all other incidental expenses for producing plaster workof specified thickness to complete the structure or its components as shown on thedrawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of plastering shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

6.2. The plaster work shall be measured for its length and height, limiting dimensionsto those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

6.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item no. 82

providing and applying 10 mm thick single coat mala cement plaster on Cellingand sofits of stair for interior plastering in Cement mortar 1:3 [1 cement :3 coarsesand including floating coat in Cement mortar 1:2 with trovel finish as directedetc. complete. for Third Floor

GeneralThis work shall consist of providing 10mm the cement mala plaster in ceiling for Third

floor of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge 

Page 52: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 52/190

 

Specification Of Item no 79 of 10 mm thick Cement mala plaster shall be appliedfor the execution of this item except the work shall be done in third floor insteadof ground floor

6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

6.1. The unit rate Plaster shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, applying & placing in position, compacting, finishing as per direction of theEngineer-in-charge, curing and all other incidental expenses for producing plaster workof specified thickness to complete the structure or its components as shown on thedrawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of plastering shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plant

scaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

6.2. The plaster work shall be measured for its length and height, limiting dimensionsto those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

6.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item no. 83

providing and applying 10 mm thick single coat mala cement plaster on Cellingand sofits of stair for interior plastering in Cement mortar 1:3 [1 cement :3 coarsesand including floating coat in Cement mortar 1:2 with trovel finish as directedetc. complete. for forth Floor

GeneralThis work shall consist of providing 10mm the cement mala plaster in ceiling for Forthfloor of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to these

Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge 

Specification Of Item no 79 of 10 mm thick Cement mala plaster shall be appliedfor the execution of this item except the work shall be done in Forth floor insteadof ground floor

6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

6.1. The unit rate Plaster shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, applying & placing in position, compacting, finishing as per direction of the

Engineer-in-charge, curing and all other incidental expenses for producing plaster workof specified thickness to complete the structure or its components as shown on the

Page 53: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 53/190

 

drawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of plastering shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

6.2. The plaster work shall be measured for its length and height, limiting dimensionsto those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

6.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item no.84

Providing Rustic Textured with single coat mala plaster for wall finishingconsisting of a base of 20 mm thick two coat trowel finishied smooth plaster inCM 1:3 without any keying on plastered surface and finishing coat with Acryliccoated Heritage Grannular or Flakes in fair homogenious coating in clear mattfinishes in approved design and colour using Acrylic co-polymer bonding agentincluding making pattern by cutting grooves as directed for all height etccomplete.

GeneralThis work shall consist of providing and laying Heritage Granular or Flakies Texturedwall finishing wall surfaces of second floor of the shape and dimensions shown on thedrawings and conforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer incharge 

1.0 MATERIAL

1.1 WATER

1.1. Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean, reasonably clearand free objectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil and injurious alkalis,salts, organic matter and other deleterious material which will either weaken themortar of concrete or cause efflorescence or attack the steel in R.C.C. Containerfor transport, storage and handling of water shall be clean. Water shall conformto the standard specified in I.S. 456-1978.

1.2. If required by the Engineer-in-Charge it shall be tested by comparison withdistilled water Comparison shall be made by means of standard cement testsfor soundness tim e of setting and mortar strength as specified in I.S. 269-1976. Any indication of unsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or

more or decrease of more than 10 per cent in strength, of mortar prepared with

Page 54: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 54/190

 

water sample when compared with the results obtained with mortar preparedwith distilled water shall be sufficient cause for rejection of water under test.

1.3. Water for curing mortar, concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or tooalkaline .

It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interfere with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing orthose which produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits onconcrete or mortar surfaces

1.4. Hard and bitter water shall not be used for curing

1.5. Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete.

1.2 CEMENT

specification No M-3 of specification booklet for building works shall be followed forcement

1.3. White cement

3.1 White Cement shall be of best quality as per IS 1624 -1974 or IS 455-1976 asapproved by Engineer in charge

1.4 Acrylic coated Heritage Grannular or FlakesAcrylic coated Heritage Grannular or Flakes shall be of best quality as approved byEngineer in charge

1.5 Acrylic co-polymer bonding agentAcrylic co-polymer bonding agent shall be of best quality and approved brand and makeas approved by Engineer in charge

1.6 SANDspecification No M-6 of specification booklet for building works shall be followed forSand

2.0 WORKMANSHIP

2.1. 20 mm thick coat of plaster 

2.2. specification No 17.61 (II) of specification booklet for building works shall befollowed for plastering in cement mortar 1 : 3 ( 1 cement : 3 fine sand)

2.3 Acrylic coated Heritage Granular or Flakes shall be added in finishing coat ofplastering finished with trowel for mat finished smooth surface using Acrylic co-polymerbonding agent

2.4. During hot weather, all finished or partly finished work shall be covered or wetted insuch manner as will prevent rapid drying of the brick work.

Page 55: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 55/190

 

2.5. The mixing of mortar shall be done intimately, The operation shall be carried out onclean water tight platform, and cement sand shall be first mixed dry in the requiredproportion to obtain uniform colour and then the mortar shall be mixed for at least twominutes after addition of water. In case of cement mortar, that has suffered because of

evaporation of water the same shall be re-tempered by adding water as frequently asneeded to restore the requisite consistency but its re-tempering shall be permitted onlywithin thirty minute from the time of addition to water at the time of initial mixing.

2.6. For a surface which is to be subsequently plastered the joints shall be squarelyracked out to a depth of 15mm. With the mortar is till green. The racked joints shall bewell brushed to remove dust and loose particles and the surface hall be throughwaywashed with water, and wetted

2.7. Cement and sand shall be mixed in proportion as specified in the item, Cement andsand shall be proportioned by volume after making due allowance for bulking. The

required quantity of water shall then be added and the mortar mixed to produceworkable consistency.

2.8. The mixing shall be done intimately. By hand infixing,. The operation shall becarried out on a clean watertight platform, and cement and sand shall be first mixed dryin the required proportion to obtain mortar that has stiffened because of evaporation ofwater, the same shall be re-tempered by adding water as frequently as needed torestore the requisite consistent but this re-tempering shall be permitted only within thirtyminutes from the time of addition of initial mixing.

2.9. Plastering shall be started from top and worked down. All long holes shall beproperly filled in advance of the plastering as the scaffolding is being taken down.Wooden screeds 75mm. wide and of the thickness of the plaster shall be fixed vertically2.5- meters to 4 meters apart to act as gauges and guides in applying the plaster. Themortar shall be laid on the wall between the screeds using the plaster float and pressingthe mortar to the racked joints are properly filled.

2.10. The plaster shall then be finished off with a wooden straight edge reaching acrossthe screeds. The straight edge shall be worked on ).e screeds with a small upward andside way motion 50mm or 75mrri at a time. Finally, the surface shall be finished off witha plaster's wooden float. Metal floats shall not be used.

2.11. When recommencing plastering beyond the work suspended earlier the edge ofthe old plaster shall be scrapped, cleaned and wetted before plaster is applied to theadjacent areas. No portion of the surface shall be left out initially or be patched by lateron. The plaster shall be finished to a true and plumb thickness of plaster shall not beless than the thickness specified in the item with tolerance of 3mm th which appear inthe surface and all portions, which sound hollow as directed by the Engineer- in charge

2.12. Curing shall be started as soon as the mortar used for finished has hardenedsufficiently no to be damaged when watered. It shall be kept wet for a period of at least7 days. During this period, it shall be suitably protected from all damages;

Page 56: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 56/190

 

2.13. Stage scaffolding shall be provided for the work. This shall be independent of thestructure.

2.14. Green work shall be protected from rain by suitable covering. Plaster work iscement of composite mortar shall be kept constantly moist on all faces for a minimum

period of seven days. The top of the masonry work shall be left flooded with water at theclose of the day.

2.15. During hot weather, all finished or partly finished work shall be covered or wettedin such manner as will prevent rapid drying of the brick work.

2.16. The scaffolding shall be sound and strong to withstand all loads to come upon it.The holes which provide resting space for horizontal members shall not be left inmasonry under one meter in width or immediately near the skew backs or arches. Theholes left in the masonry work for supporting the unfolding shall be filled and madegood.

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate Heritage Granular or Flakies Textured plaster shall include the costof all materials, tools and plant required for mixing, applying in position, compacting,finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, curing and all other incidentalexpenses for producing Heritage Granular or Flakies Textured plaster work ofspecified thickness to complete the structure or its components as shown on thedrawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of Heritage Granular or Flakiest Textured plaster shall include the cost of alllabour, materials tools and plant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as describedherein above.

3.2. The Heritage Granular or Flakies Textured plaster work shall be measured for itslength and height, limiting dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. Therate shall be for a unit of one squire meter.

3.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 85

Providing and laying 24" x 24" vitrified 8 mm thick tile flooring over 20 mm(avarage) base of cement mortar 1:6 ( 1 cement : 6 coarse sand) on new surfaceor fixingt on existing flooring by adhesive material including dismentalling of

existing flooring and jointed with colour cement suurry including finished with

Page 57: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 57/190

 

flush pointing and cleaning the surface etc complete for antiskid for F1 withpatern as shown in plan 8 to 10 mm thick

Anti Skid

GeneralThis work shall consist of Providing and laying 60x60 cm. matt finished full body

vitrified tiles flooring of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings andconforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 Flooring Tiles

60x60 cm. matt finished full body vitrified tiles flooring tiles shall be of approvedbrand and make as approved by Engineer in charge

1.1 The size of 60x60 cm. matt finished full body vitrified tiles flooring tiles shallgenerally be square shape 60 Cm. or 60 Cm x 60 Cm. x 8mm. thick or as directed bythe Engineer in charge and Architect

1.2 Tolerance if length and breadth shall be plus or minus one millimeter. Tolerance onthickness shall be plus 5 mm The maximum variation from the stated size other thanthickness of tile shall be plus or minus 1.5 mm. The thickness of the shall be 8 mm.Except as above the tile shall conform to IS 777-1970.

1.3 The 60x60 cm. matt finished full body vitrified tiles flooring tiles shall satisfy thetests as regards traverse strength resistance to wear and water absorption

1.4 The colour of the 60x60 cm. matt finished full body vitrified tiles tiles shall bedirected by Engineer Or Architect

1.5 The 60x60 cm. matt finished full body vitrified tiles flooring tiles shall be of bestquality as approved by the Engineer In charge. They shall be flat and true to shape.They shall be free form cracks, crazing spots, chipped edges and corners. The glazingshall be of uniform shade.

2.0 WATER

2.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

2.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication ofunsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared with

the result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

Page 58: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 58/190

 

2.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

2.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or those

which produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

2.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

2.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

2.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned atregular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organicmatter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and there

shall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

2.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire moore than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should notrequired more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Permissible limits (Max)Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of tructures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may be

increased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

3.0 CEMENT

3.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the priorapproval of the Engineer:

a) Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to 1S:8041.c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.

Page 59: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 59/190

 

d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

3.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimum

required design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible

cement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

3.3. Cement conforming to IS:8112 and IS:12269 may be used provided the minimumcement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution ashigh early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finergrinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate andC2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strength

considerations.3.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate andmagnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive toconcrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS:456 are soleplate concentrationin excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water.Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land usingchemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall becarefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum requireddesign strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cement

content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

3.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

3.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no caseexceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminate per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

3.6 StorageCement shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as toavoid deterioration or contamination, Cement shall be stored above ground level inperfectly dry and water tight sheds and shall be stacked not more than eight bags high.Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacity should sufficient to cover tothe requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4 months

3.7. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily identified andinspected and cement shall be used in the sequence in which it is delivered in any way,during storage shall not be used in the works and shall be removed from the site by thecontractor without charge to the employer

Page 60: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 60/190

 

The contractor shall prepare and maintain proper records on site in respect of deliveryhandling storage and use of cement and these records shall be available for inspectionby the engineer in charge at all times3.8. The contractor shall make a monthly return to the engineer in charge on the datecorresponding to the interim certificate date showing the quantities of cement received

and issued during the month in stock at the end of the month.

4.0 SAND

4.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean well graded, hard strong durable and grittyparticular free from immures amounts of dust, clay, kankar modules 

4.2. For masonry works sand shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 2116

4.3. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete(PSC) works fine aggregates shall consist of clean, hard strong and durable prices ofcrushed stone, crushed gravel or suitable combination of natural sand crushed stone or

gravel, They shall not contain dust lumps soft or flaky materials mica or otherdeleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength and durability ofconcrete, or to attack the embedded steel. Motorized sand washing machines should beused to remove impurities from sand. Fine aggregate having positive alkali-silicareaction shall not be used. All fine aggregates shall conform to IS L 383 and tests forconformity shall be carried out as per IS : 2386 (Part I to VIII) The contractor shallsubmit to the Engineer in charge the entire information indicated in Appendix A of IS :383. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate shall neither be less than 2.00 nor greaterthan 3.5.4.4. Sand fine aggregates for structural concrete shall conform to the following gradingrequirements as shown in the table below

4.5 Fine Sand: The fineness module shall not exceed 1.0 the sieve analysis of fine sandbe as under:

IS. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

Zone I Zone II Zone III

10 mm 100 100 100

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-100

2.3 6mm 60-95 75-100 85-1001.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100

600 MC 15-34 35-59 60-79300 MC 5-20 8-30 12-40150 MC 0-10 0-10 0-10

Coarse Sand: The fineness modules of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5 and shallnot exceed 3.0. The sieve analysis of coarse sand be as under:I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing4.75 mm 1002.36mm 90 to 1001.18 mm 70 to 100600 MC 30 to 100300 MC 85 to 70150 MC 00 to 50

Page 61: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 61/190

 

4.0 WHITE CEMENT

5.1. White cement shall be of approved make it shall confirm definition of I S 8042 –E-1978 the sample of white cement shall be approved by Engineer in charge

6.0 WORKMAN SHIP

6.1 60x60 cm. matt finished full body vitrified tiles flooring tiles of approved qualityshall be laid evenly to level and slope as directed by Engineer in charge over a bed of abase layer consisting of cement mortar 1:6 ( 1 cement: 6 coarse sand by volume) orLime Mortar 1:1.5 ( 1 lime : 1.5 lime putty by volume)

6.2. Cement and sand for base layer shall be mixed in proportions of 1:6 ( 1 cement : 6

coarse sand by volume) Cement and sand shall be proportioned by volume after makingdue allowance for bulking. The require quantity of water shall then be added and themortar mixed to produce workable consistency before mixing platform shall bethoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.

6.3. The mixing for base layer shall be done intimately, The operation shall be carriedout on clean water tight platform, and cement sand shall be first mixed dry in therequired proportion to obtain uniform colour and then the mortar shall be mixed for atleast two minutes after addition of water. In case of cement mortar, that has sufferedbecause of evaporation of water the same shall be re-tempered by adding water asfrequently as needed to restore the requisite consistency but its re-tempering shall bepermitted only within thirty minute from the time of addition to water at the time of initialmixing.

6.4. Joints of flooring shall be through and continuous throughout the building asdirected by Engineer in charge and shall be finished with the use of white cement

7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

7.1. The unit rate 60x60 cm. matt finished full body vitrified tiles flooring tiles shallinclude the cost of all materials, tools and plant required for mixing, laying of base layer

in true level and slope as required applying & placing stones in position, compacting,finishing, curing mirror polishing, providing skirting of 7.5 cm high all over the length ofwalls and corners and sill of doors etc, and all other incidental expenses for producingflooring work to complete the structure or its components as shown on the drawings andaccording to these specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing andremoving of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of cushioning layer shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

7.2. The 60x60 cm. matt finished full body vitrified tiles flooring shall be measured

for its length and width, limiting dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed.The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

Page 62: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 62/190

 

7.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No. 86

Providing and fixing vitrified tiles in skirting , risers of steps and landings laid on10 mm. Thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) pointing in whitecement jointed with white cement slurry.

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing standard 60 x 60 cm non slipperymat finished vitrified tiles on walls dedo of the shape and dimensions shown on thedrawings and conforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer incharge.

1. 1. WATER

1.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

1.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication ofunsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared withthe result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

1.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

1.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

1.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

1.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

1.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned atregular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organic

Page 63: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 63/190

 

matter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

1.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire moore than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should notrequired more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Permissible limits (Max)

Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of tructures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may beincreased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

2.0 CEMENT

2.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the priorapproval of the Engineer:

a) Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.

d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

2.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimum

required design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible

cement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

2.3. Cement conforming to IS:8112 and IS:12269 may be used provided the minimumcement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution as

high early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finergrinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate and

Page 64: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 64/190

 

C2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strengthconsiderations.

2.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate and

magnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive toconcrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS:456 are soleplate concentrationin excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water.Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land usingchemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall becarefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum requireddesign strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cementcontent of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

2.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

2.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no caseexceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminate per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

2.3. StorageCement shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as to

avoid deterioration or contamination, Cement shall be stored above ground level inperfectly dry and water tight sheds and shall be stacked not more than eight bags high.Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacity should sufficient to cover tothe requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4 months

2.4. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily identified andinspected and cement shall be used in the sequence in which it is delivered in any way,during storage shall not be used in the works and shall be removed from the site by thecontractor without charge to the employerThe contractor shall prepare and maintain proper records on site in respect of deliveryhandling storage and use of cement and these records shall be available for inspection

by the engineer in charge at all times2.5. The contractor shall make a monthly return to the engineer in charge on the datecorresponding to the interim certificate date showing the quantities of cement receivedand issued during the month in stock at the end of the month.

3.0 SAND

3.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean well graded, hard strong durable and gritty

particular free from immures amounts of dust, clay, kankar modules 

Page 65: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 65/190

 

3.2. For masonry works sand shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 2116

3.3. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete(PSC) works fine aggregates shall consist of clean, hard strong and durable prices ofcrushed stone, crushed gravel or suitable combination of natural sand crushed stone orgravel, They shall not contain dust lumps soft or flaky materials mica or other

deleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength and durability ofconcrete, or to attack the embedded steel. Motorized sand washing machines should beused to remove impurities from sand. Fine aggregate having positive alkali-silicareaction shall not be used. All fine aggregates shall conform to IS L 383 and tests forconformity shall be carried out as per IS : 2386 (Part I to VIII) The contractor shallsubmit to the Engineer in charge the entire information indicated in Appendix A of IS :383. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate shall neither be less than 2.00 nor greaterthan 3.5.3.4. Sand fine aggregates for structural concrete shall conform to the following gradingrequirements as shown in the table below

3.5 Fine Sand: The fineness module shall not exceed 1.0 the sieve analysis of fine sandbe as under:

IS. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

Zone I Zone II Zone III

10 mm 100 100 100

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-1002.3 6mm 60-95 75-100 85-1001.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100600 MC 15-34 35-59 60-79

300 MC 5-20 8-30 12-40150 MC 0-10 0-10 0-10

Coarse Sand: The fineness modules of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5 and shallnot exceed 3.0. The sieve analysis of coarse sand be as under:

I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing4.75 mm 1002.36mm 90 to 1001.18 mm 70 to 100600 MC 30 to 100300 MC 85 to 70150 MC 00 to 50

4.0 COLOURED 30 X 30 CM NON SLIPPERY MAT FINISHED VITRIFIED TILES

4.1. 30 x 30 cm non slippery mat finished vitrified tiles shall be of best quality as

approved by Engineer in charge they shall be flat and true to shape All tiles shall be freefrom cracks or damages on its surface The glazing shall be uniform all over the surface

Page 66: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 66/190

 

and shall be of uniform shade quality of material shall be equivalent approved brand andmake

4.2. The tiles shall be minimal size of 600 mm x 600 mm unless otherwise specified Themaximum variation in the stated size and thickness of the tile shall be plus or minus 1.5

mm. The thickness of the tiles shall be 6 mm Except all above the tiles shall conform to IS 1977-1970

5.0 WHITE CEMENT

5.1. White cement shall be of approved make it shall confirm definition of I S 8042 –E-1978 the sample of white cement shall be approved by Engineer in charge

6.0 WORKMAN SHIP

6.1 30 x 30 cm non slippery mat finished vitrified tiles of approved quality shall be laid

evenly to level and slope as directed by Engineer in charge over a bed of a base layerconsisting of cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement: 4 coarse sand by volume)

6.2. Cement and sand for base layer of plaster shall be mixed in proportions of 1:4 (1cement: 4 coarse sand by volume) Cement and sand shall be proportioned by volumeafter making due allowance for bulking. The require quantity of water shall then beadded and the mortar mixed to produce workable consistency before mixing platformshall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.

6.3. The mixing for base layer shall be done intimately, The operation shall be carriedout on clean water tight platform, and cement sand shall be first mixed dry in therequired proportion to obtain uniform colour and then the mortar shall be mixed for atleast two minutes after addition of water. In case of cement mortar, that has sufferedbecause of evaporation of water the same shall be re-tempered by adding water asfrequently as needed to restore the requisite consistency but its re-tempering shall bepermitted only within thirty minute from the time of addition to water at the time of initialmixing.

6.4. Joints of flooring shall be through and continuous throughout the building asdirected by Engineer in charge and shall be finished with the use of white cement

7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

7.1. The unit rate flooring shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, laying of base layer in true level and slope as required applying & placingstones in position, compacting, finishing, curing mirror polishing, providing skirting of 7.5cm high all over the length of walls and corners and sill of doors etc, and all otherincidental expenses for producing flooring work to complete the structure or itscomponents as shown on the drawings and according to these specifications. They shall

also include the cost of making, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms requiredfor the work.

Page 67: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 67/190

 

The rate of plastering shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

7.2. The plaster work shall be measured for its length or width and height, limiting

dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of onesquare meter.

7.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 87

Providing and laying 24" x 24" vitrified 8 mm thick tile flooring over 20 mm(average) base of cement mortar 1:6 ( 1 cement : 6 coarse sand) on new surfaceor fixing on existing flooring by adhesive material including dismantling ofexisting flooring and jointed with colour cement surrey including finished withflush pointing and cleaning the surface etc complete for antiskid for F2

General

This work shall consist of Providing and laying 24" x 24 " vitrified 10 mm thicktile DADO of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming tothese Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 Flooring Tiles

vitrified wall tiles shall be of approved brand and make as approved by Engineer incharge

1.1 The size of vitrified wall tiles shall generally be square shape 60 Cm. or 60 Cm x 60Cm. x 8mm. thick or as directed by the Engineer in charge and Architect

1.2 Tolerance if length and breadth shall be plus or minus one millimeter. Tolerance onthickness shall be plus 5 mm The maximum variation from the stated size other thanthickness of tile shall be plus or minus 1.5 mm. The thickness of the shall be 8 mm.

Except as above the tile shall conform to IS 777-1970.

1.3 The vitrified wall tiles shall satisfy the tests as regards traverse strength resistanceto wear and water absorption

1.4 The colour of the vitrified wall tiles shall be directed by Engineer Or Architect

1.5 The vitrified wall tiles shall be of best quality as approved by the Engineer Incharge. They shall be flat and true to shape. They shall be free form cracks, crazingspots, chipped edges and corners. The glazing shall be of uniform shade.

2.0 WATER 

Page 68: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 68/190

 

2.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

2.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication ofunsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared withthe result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

2.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

2.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

2.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

2.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

2.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned atregular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organicmatter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

2.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire moore than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should not

required more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Permissible limits (Max)Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

Page 69: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 69/190

 

In case of tructures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may beincreased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

3.0 CEMENT

3.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the priorapproval of the Engineer:

a) Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.

d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

3.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimum

required design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible

cement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

3.3. Cement conforming to IS:8112 and IS:12269 may be used provided the minimumcement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution ashigh early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finergrinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate and

C2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strengthconsiderations.

3.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate andmagnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive toconcrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS:456 are soleplate concentrationin excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water.Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land using

chemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall becarefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum requireddesign strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cementcontent of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

3.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

3.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no case

exceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminate per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

Page 70: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 70/190

Page 71: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 71/190

Page 72: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 72/190

 

etc, and all other incidental expenses for producing flooring work to complete thestructure or its components as shown on the drawings and according to thesespecifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing and removing of allscaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of cushioning layer shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.7.2. The vitrified flooring shall be measured for its length and width, limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of onesquare meter.

7.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work. 

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 88

Providing and laying 40 x 40 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tilesflooring laid on a Bed of 12 mm. Thick cement mortar 1:8 (1 cement : 8 coarsesand) finihed with flush pointing in white or colour cement .

General

This work shall consist of Providing and laying 40 x 40 cm size anti skid 8 mmthick colour ceramic tiles and not less than 400 x 400 mm in size of the shape and

dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to these Specifications or asapproved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 colour ceramic tiles

40 x 40 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles shall be of approved brandand make as approved by Engineer in charge

1.1 The size of 40 x 40 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles shallgenerally be square shape 60 Cm. or 60 Cm x 25 Cm. x 8mm. thick or as directed bythe Engineer in charge and Architect

1.2 Tolerance if length and breadth shall be plus or minus one millimeter. Tolerance onthickness shall be plus 5 mm The maximum variation from the stated size other thanthickness of tile shall be plus or minus 1.5 mm. The thickness of the shall be 8 mm.Except as above the tile shall conform to IS 777-1970.

1.3 The 40 x 40 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles shall satisfy thetests as regards traverse strength resistance to wear and water absorption

1.4 The colour of the 30 x 30 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles shallbe directed by Engineer Or Architect

Page 73: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 73/190

 

1.5 The 40 x 40 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles shall be of bestquality as approved by the Engineer In charge. They shall be flat and true to shape.They shall be free form cracks, crazing spots, chipped edges and corners. The glazingshall be of uniform shade.

1. 1. WATER

1.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

1.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication of

unsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared withthe result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

1.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

1.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

1.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

1.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

1.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned atregular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organicmatter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

1.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire moore than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should notrequired more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Permissible limits (Max)

Page 74: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 74/190

 

Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of tructures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may beincreased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

2.0 CEMENT2.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the priorapproval of the Engineer:

a) Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.

d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

2.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimum

required design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissiblecement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

2.3. Cement conforming to IS:8112 and IS:12269 may be used provided the minimumcement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution ashigh early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finergrinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate andC2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strengthconsiderations.

2.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate andmagnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive toconcrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS:456 are soleplate concentrationin excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water.Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land usingchemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall becarefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum required

design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cementcontent of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

Page 75: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 75/190

 

2.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

2.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass of

cement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no caseexceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminate per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

2.3. StorageCement shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as toavoid deterioration or contamination, Cement shall be stored above ground level inperfectly dry and water tight sheds and shall be stacked not more than eight bags high.Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacity should sufficient to cover tothe requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4 months

2.4. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily identified andinspected and cement shall be used in the sequence in which it is delivered in any way,during storage shall not be used in the works and shall be removed from the site by thecontractor without charge to the employerThe contractor shall prepare and maintain proper records on site in respect of deliveryhandling storage and use of cement and these records shall be available for inspectionby the engineer in charge at all times2.5. The contractor shall make a monthly return to the engineer in charge on the datecorresponding to the interim certificate date showing the quantities of cement receivedand issued during the month in stock at the end of the month.

3.0 SAND

3.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean well graded, hard strong durable and grittyparticular free from immures amounts of dust, clay, kankar modules 

3.2. For masonry works sand shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 2116

3.3. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete(PSC) works fine aggregates shall consist of clean, hard strong and durable prices ofcrushed stone, crushed gravel or suitable combination of natural sand crushed stone orgravel, They shall not contain dust lumps soft or flaky materials mica or otherdeleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength and durability ofconcrete, or to attack the embedded steel. Motorized sand washing machines should beused to remove impurities from sand. Fine aggregate having positive alkali-silicareaction shall not be used. All fine aggregates shall conform to IS L 383 and tests forconformity shall be carried out as per IS : 2386 (Part I to VIII) The contractor shallsubmit to the Engineer in charge the entire information indicated in Appendix A of IS :383. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate shall neither be less than 2.00 nor greaterthan 3.5.3.4. Sand fine aggregates for structural concrete shall conform to the following gradingrequirements as shown in the table below

3.5 Fine Sand: The fineness module shall not exceed 1.0 the sieve analysis of fine sandbe as under:

Page 76: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 76/190

 

IS. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

Zone I Zone II Zone III

10 mm 100 100 100

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-100

2.3 6mm 60-95 75-100 85-1001.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100600 MC 15-34 35-59 60-79300 MC 5-20 8-30 12-40150 MC 0-10 0-10 0-10

Coarse Sand: The fineness modules of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5 and shallnot exceed 3.0. The sieve analysis of coarse sand be as under:

I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing4.75 mm 1002.36mm 90 to 1001.18 mm 70 to 100600 MC 30 to 100300 MC 85 to 70150 MC 00 to 50

5.0 WHITE CEMENT

5.1. White cement shall be of approved make it shall confirm definition of I S 8042 –E-1978 the sample of white cement shall be approved by Engineer in charge

6.0 WORKMANSHIP

6.1 vitrified joint less ceramic tiles of approved quality shall be laid evenly to level andslope as directed by Engineer in charge over a bed of a base layer consisting of cementmortar 1:6 ( 1 cement: 6 coarse sand by volume) or Lime Mortar 1:1.5 ( 1 lime : 1.5lime putty by volume)

6.2. Cement and sand for base layer shall be mixed in proportions of 1:6 ( 1 cement : 6coarse sand by volume) Cement and sand shall be proportioned by volume after makingdue allowance for bulking. The require quantity of water shall then be added and themortar mixed to produce workable consistency before mixing platform shall bethoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.

6.3. The mixing for base layer shall be done intimately, The operation shall be carriedout on clean water tight platform, and cement sand shall be first mixed dry in the

required proportion to obtain uniform colour and then the mortar shall be mixed for atleast two minutes after addition of water. In case of cement mortar, that has suffered

Page 77: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 77/190

 

because of evaporation of water the same shall be re-tempered by adding water asfrequently as needed to restore the requisite consistency but its re-tempering shall bepermitted only within thirty minute from the time of addition to water at the time of initialmixing.

6.4. Joints of flooring shall be through and continuous throughout the building asdirected by Engineer in charge and shall be finished with the use of white cement

7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

7.1. The unit rate flooring shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, laying of base layer in true level and slope as required applying & placingstones in position, finishing, curing providing flooring all over the area of floors andcorners and sill of doors etc, and all other incidental expenses for producing flooringwork to complete the structure or its components as shown on the drawings andaccording to these specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing and

removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of 40 x 40 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles Flooring shallinclude the cost of all labour, materials tools and plant scaffolding and all incidentalexpenses as described herein above.

7.2. The 40 x 40 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles Flooring workshall be measured for its length and width, limiting dimensions to those specified onplan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

7.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 89

Providing and laying 20 x 20 cm size standard colour ceramic tiles 8 mm thick inskirting risers of steps and dado on 10 mm. Thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3

coarse sand) pointing in white cleaned jointed with white cement slurry.

1.0 Material

1. 1. WATER

1.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

Page 78: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 78/190

 

1.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication ofunsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared with

the result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

1.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

1.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

1.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

1.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

1.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned atregular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organicmatter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

1.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire moore than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should notrequired more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Permissible limits (Max)

Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of tructures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may beincreased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

Page 79: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 79/190

 

2.0 CEMENT

2.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the priorapproval of the Engineer:

a) Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.

d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

2.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimum

required design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible

cement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

2.3. Cement conforming to IS:8112 and IS:12269 may be used provided the minimumcement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution ashigh early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finergrinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate andC2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strengthconsiderations.

2.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate and

magnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive toconcrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS:456 are soleplate concentrationin excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water.Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land usingchemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall becarefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum requireddesign strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cementcontent of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

2.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

2.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no caseexceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminate per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

2.3. StorageCement shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as toavoid deterioration or contamination, Cement shall be stored above ground level in

perfectly dry and water tight sheds and shall be stacked not more than eight bags high.

Page 80: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 80/190

Page 81: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 81/190

 

I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing4.75 mm 1002.36mm 90 to 1001.18 mm 70 to 100600 MC 30 to 100

300 MC 85 to 70150 MC 00 to 50

4.0 COLOURED CERAMIC TILES

4.1. coloured ceramic vitrified tiles shall be of best quality as approved by Engineer incharge they shall be flat and true to shape All tiles shall be free from cracks or damageson its surface The glazing shall be uniform all over the surface and shall be of uniformshade quality of material shall be equivalent to Moarbito or Granolite product

4.2. The tiles shall be minimal size of 150 mm x 150 mm unless otherwise specified Themaximum variation in the stated size and thickness of the tile shall be plus or minus 1.5mm. The thickness of the tiles shall be 6 mm Except all above the tiles shall conform to IS 1977-1970

5.0 WHITE CEMENT

5.1. White cement shall be of approved make it shall confirm definition of I S 8042 –E-1978 the sample of white cement shall be approved by Engineer in charge

6.0 WORKMAN SHIP

6.1 ceramic tiles of approved quality shall be laid evenly to level and slope as directedby Engineer in charge over a bed of a base layer consisting of cement mortar 1:6 ( 1cement: 6 coarse sand by volume) or Lime Mortar 1:1.5 ( 1 lime : 1.5 lime putty byvolume)

6.2. Cement and sand for base layer shall be mixed in proportions of 1:6 ( 1 cement : 6coarse sand by volume) Cement and sand shall be proportioned by volume after makingdue allowance for bulking. The require quantity of water shall then be added and themortar mixed to produce workable consistency before mixing platform shall bethoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.

6.3. The mixing for base layer shall be done intimately, The operation shall be carriedout on clean water tight platform, and cement sand shall be first mixed dry in therequired proportion to obtain uniform colour and then the mortar shall be mixed for atleast two minutes after addition of water. In case of cement mortar, that has sufferedbecause of evaporation of water the same shall be re-tempered by adding water asfrequently as needed to restore the requisite consistency but its re-tempering shall bepermitted only within thirty minute from the time of addition to water at the time of initialmixing.

6.4. Joints of flooring shall be through and continuous throughout the building as

directed by Engineer in charge and shall be finished with the use of white cement

Page 82: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 82/190

 

7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

7.1. The unit rate flooring shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, laying of base layer in true level and slope as required applying & placingstones in position, compacting, finishing, curing mirror polishing, providing skirting of 7.5

cm high all over the length of walls and corners and sill of doors etc, and all otherincidental expenses for producing flooring work to complete the structure or itscomponents as shown on the drawings and according to these specifications. They shallalso include the cost of making, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms requiredfor the work.

The rate of plastering shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

7.2. The plaster work shall be measured for its length and width, limiting dimensions tothose specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

7.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 90

Providing and laying 20 x 20 cm size standard colour ceramic tiles flooring laidon a Bed of 12 mm. Thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) pointing

in white cleaned jointed with white cement slurry. (A) 8 mm. ThickGeneral

This work shall consist of Providing and laying 20 x 20 cm size anti skid 8 mmthick colour ceramic tiles and not less than 300 x 300 mm in size of the shape anddimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to these Specifications or asapproved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 colour ceramic tiles

20 x 20 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles shall be of approved brand

and make as approved by Engineer in charge

1.1 The size of 20 x 20 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles shallgenerally be square shape 60 Cm. or 60 Cm x 25 Cm. x 8mm. thick or as directed bythe Engineer in charge and Architect

1.2 Tolerance if length and breadth shall be plus or minus one millimeter. Tolerance onthickness shall be plus 5 mm The maximum variation from the stated size other thanthickness of tile shall be plus or minus 1.5 mm. The thickness of the shall be 8 mm.Except as above the tile shall conform to IS 777-1970.

1.3 The 20 x 20 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles shall satisfy thetests as regards traverse strength resistance to wear and water absorption

Page 83: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 83/190

 

1.4 The colour of the 20 x 20 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles shallbe directed by Engineer Or Architect

1.5 The 20 x 20 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles shall be of best

quality as approved by the Engineer In charge. They shall be flat and true to shape.They shall be free form cracks, crazing spots, chipped edges and corners. The glazingshall be of uniform shade.

1. 1. WATER

1.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

1.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication ofunsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared withthe result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

1.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

1.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

1.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

1.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

1.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned at

regular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organicmatter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

1.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire moore than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should not

required more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

Page 84: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 84/190

 

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Permissible limits (Max)Organic 200 mg/lit

Inorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of tructures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may beincreased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

2.0 CEMENT

2.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the priorapproval of the Engineer:

a) Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

2.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimum

required design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible

cement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

2.3. Cement conforming to IS:8112 and IS:12269 may be used provided the minimumcement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution ashigh early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finergrinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate andC2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strengthconsiderations.

2.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate andmagnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive toconcrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS:456 are soleplate concentrationin excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water.

Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land using

Page 85: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 85/190

 

chemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall becarefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum requireddesign strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cementcontent of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

2.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

2.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no caseexceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminate per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

2.3. StorageCement shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as to

avoid deterioration or contamination, Cement shall be stored above ground level inperfectly dry and water tight sheds and shall be stacked not more than eight bags high.Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacity should sufficient to cover tothe requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4 months

2.4. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily identified andinspected and cement shall be used in the sequence in which it is delivered in any way,during storage shall not be used in the works and shall be removed from the site by thecontractor without charge to the employerThe contractor shall prepare and maintain proper records on site in respect of deliveryhandling storage and use of cement and these records shall be available for inspectionby the engineer in charge at all times2.5. The contractor shall make a monthly return to the engineer in charge on the datecorresponding to the interim certificate date showing the quantities of cement receivedand issued during the month in stock at the end of the month.

3.0 SAND

3.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean well graded, hard strong durable and grittyparticular free from immures amounts of dust, clay, kankar modules 

3.2. For masonry works sand shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 2116

3.3. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete(PSC) works fine aggregates shall consist of clean, hard strong and durable prices ofcrushed stone, crushed gravel or suitable combination of natural sand crushed stone orgravel, They shall not contain dust lumps soft or flaky materials mica or otherdeleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength and durability ofconcrete, or to attack the embedded steel. Motorized sand washing machines should beused to remove impurities from sand. Fine aggregate having positive alkali-silicareaction shall not be used. All fine aggregates shall conform to IS L 383 and tests forconformity shall be carried out as per IS : 2386 (Part I to VIII) The contractor shallsubmit to the Engineer in charge the entire information indicated in Appendix A of IS :

383. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate shall neither be less than 2.00 nor greaterthan 3.5.

Page 86: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 86/190

 

3.4. Sand fine aggregates for structural concrete shall conform to the following gradingrequirements as shown in the table below

3.5 Fine Sand: The fineness module shall not exceed 1.0 the sieve analysis of fine sandbe as under:

IS. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

Zone I Zone II Zone III

10 mm 100 100 100

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-100

2.3 6mm 60-95 75-100 85-1001.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100600 MC 15-34 35-59 60-79300 MC 5-20 8-30 12-40150 MC 0-10 0-10 0-10

Coarse Sand: The fineness modules of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5 and shallnot exceed 3.0. The sieve analysis of coarse sand be as under:

I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing4.75 mm 1002.36mm 90 to 1001.18 mm 70 to 100600 MC 30 to 100

300 MC 85 to 70150 MC 00 to 50

5.0 WHITE CEMENT

5.1. White cement shall be of approved make it shall confirm definition of I S 8042 –E-1978 the sample of white cement shall be approved by Engineer in charge

6.0 WORKMANSHIP

6.1 vitrified joint less ceramic tiles of approved quality shall be laid evenly to level andslope as directed by Engineer in charge over a bed of a base layer consisting of cementmortar 1:6 ( 1 cement: 6 coarse sand by volume) or Lime Mortar 1:1.5 ( 1 lime : 1.5lime putty by volume)

6.2. Cement and sand for base layer shall be mixed in proportions of 1:6 ( 1 cement : 6coarse sand by volume) Cement and sand shall be proportioned by volume after makingdue allowance for bulking. The require quantity of water shall then be added and the

mortar mixed to produce workable consistency before mixing platform shall bethoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.

Page 87: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 87/190

 

6.3. The mixing for base layer shall be done intimately, The operation shall be carriedout on clean water tight platform, and cement sand shall be first mixed dry in therequired proportion to obtain uniform colour and then the mortar shall be mixed for atleast two minutes after addition of water. In case of cement mortar, that has suffered

because of evaporation of water the same shall be re-tempered by adding water asfrequently as needed to restore the requisite consistency but its re-tempering shall bepermitted only within thirty minute from the time of addition to water at the time of initialmixing.

6.4. Joints of flooring shall be through and continuous throughout the building asdirected by Engineer in charge and shall be finished with the use of white cement

7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

7.1. The unit rate flooring shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant required

for mixing, laying of base layer in true level and slope as required applying & placingstones in position, finishing, curing providing flooring all over the area of floors andcorners and sill of doors etc, and all other incidental expenses for producing flooringwork to complete the structure or its components as shown on the drawings andaccording to these specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing andremoving of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of 20 x 20 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles Flooring shallinclude the cost of all labour, materials tools and plant scaffolding and all incidentalexpenses as described herein above.

7.2. The 20 x 20 cm size anti skid 8 mm thick colour ceramic tiles Flooring workshall be measured for its length and width, limiting dimensions to those specified onplan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

7.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 92

Providing and laying Indian type water proofing treatment with 15 cm radius vataon terrace (a) applying neat cement slurry 2.75 Kg / sqn of cement admixed withwater proofing compound after cleaning the surface (b) laying cement concreteusing brick bats 25 to 100 mm size with 50 % of CM 1:5 admixed with waterproofing compound over 20 mm thick layer of CM 1:5 to required slope includingrounding of junction of wall and slabs (c) after two days of proper curing applyinga second coat of cement slurry (d) finishing the surface with 20 mm thick CM 1:4and china mosaic tiling ( white glazed tile chips not more than 2.5 cm in size ) &finally finishing the surface with trowel with white cement slurry (e) after finishing

the whole terrace shall be flooded with water for a period of two weeks final acidwash and laid to proper slope

Page 88: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 88/190

 

1.0 Material

1.0 WATER

1.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

1.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication ofunsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared with

the result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

1.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

1.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

1.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

1.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

1.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned atregular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organicmatter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

1.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire moore than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should notrequired more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Permissible limits (Max)

Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/lit

Page 89: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 89/190

 

Soleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of tructures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may be

increased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

2.0 CEMENT

2.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the priorapproval of the Engineer:

a) Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.

d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

2.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimum

required design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible

cement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

2.3. Cement conforming to IS:8112 and IS:12269 may be used provided the minimum

cement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution ashigh early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finergrinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate andC2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strengthconsiderations.

2.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate andmagnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive to

concrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS:456 are soleplate concentrationin excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water.Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land usingchemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall becarefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum requireddesign strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cementcontent of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.2.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

Page 90: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 90/190

 

2.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no caseexceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminate per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

2.3. StorageCement shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as toavoid deterioration or contamination, Cement shall be stored above ground level inperfectly dry and water tight sheds and shall be stacked not more than eight bags high.Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacity should sufficient to cover tothe requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4 months

2.4. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily identified andinspected and cement shall be used in the sequence in which it is delivered in any way,during storage shall not be used in the works and shall be removed from the site by thecontractor without charge to the employer

The contractor shall prepare and maintain proper records on site in respect of deliveryhandling storage and use of cement and these records shall be available for inspectionby the engineer in charge at all times2.5. The contractor shall make a monthly return to the engineer in charge on the datecorresponding to the interim certificate date showing the quantities of cement receivedand issued during the month in stock at the end of the month.

3.0 SAND

3.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean well graded, hard strong durable and grittyparticular free from immures amounts of dust, clay, kankar modules, soft: or flaky

particles shall alkali salts, organic matter, learn mica or other deleterious substance andshall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. The sand shall not contain morethan 8 percent of slit as determined by field test. if necessary the sand.Coarse Sand: The fineness modules of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5 and shallnot exceed 3.0. The sieve analysis of coarse sand be as under:

I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

4.75 mm 1002.36mm 90 to 1001.18 mm 70 to 100600 MC 30 to 100300 MC 85 to 70150 MC 00 to 50

3.2 FINE SAND: The fineness module shall not exceed 1.0 the sieve analysis of finesand be as under:

IS. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

4.75 mm 100

Page 91: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 91/190

 

2.3 6mm . 1001.18 mm 75 to 100600 MC 40 to 85300 MC 05 to 50150 MC 00 to 10

3.3 Materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration of their quality and fitnessfor the work. Any material which has deteriorated or has been damaged or is otherwiseconsidered defective by the Engineer-in-charge shall not be used in the work.

4.0. water proofing compoundWater proofing compound shall be of approved quality and make as approved byEngineer in charge

5.0. Brick batsBrick bat aggregates shall be broken form well burnt or slightly over burnt and dense

bricks it shall be homogeneous in texture roughly cubical in shape clean and fee fromdirt or any other foreign material brick bats shall be of 40 to 50 mm nominal size unlessotherwise specified in the item the under burnt or over burnt bricks bats shall not beused

6.0. China Mosaic Tile Pieces

china mosaic tiles pieces shall be of 50 mm to 90 mm nominal size. tile pieces shall bemade form hard and good quality of tiles.

7.0. WHITE CEMENTWhite cement shall be of approved make it shall confirm definition of I S 8042 –E-1978the sample of white cement shall be approved by Engineer in charge

8.0 WORKMAN SHIP

8.1 First of all surface of the entire terrace shall be cleaned by thoroughly brooming andthen by wire brushes All the loose material dust and debriges shall be removedthoroughly for the entire surface of the terrace

8.2 All joints and cracks shall be racked off and cut in v trench which shall be filled by

neat cement slurry admixed with water proofing compound The joints with parapet shallbe racked up to 30 cm height and shall be applied by neat cement slurry admixed withwater proofing compound

8.3 Neat cement slurry shall be prepared and a water proofing compound of approvedmake shall be mixed with the slurry in proportion specified by the manufacturer of thecompound and shall be laid throughout the surface of the terrace by the use of brushesmala etc Cement slurry shall be prepared by adding adequate quantity of water so as tospread it uniformly on the surface.

8.4. cement concrete 1:5:10 ( using 50% of cement mortar 1:5 1part of cement and 5

part of coarse sand by volume admixed with water proofing compound of approvedmake in specified proportion) of specified thickness shall be laid (specification of cc

Page 92: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 92/190

 

1:5:10 shall be followed for the execution of this layer) all over the surface of the terracein true level and required slope including rounding of junctions of walls and slab

8.5. After two days of proper curing applying a second coat of cement slurry on entiresurface of the terrace

8.6. the entire surface shall be finished with 20 mm thick C M 1:4 and china mosaictilling in true level and slope as directed by Engineer in charge & finally finishing thesurface with trowel with white cement slurry (specification of white glaze tiles flooringshall be followed for the execution of this item.)

8.7. finishing the surface with 20 mm thick C M 1:4 and china mosaic tilling & finallyfinishing the surface with trowel with white cement slurryF. After two days proper curing the terrace shall be flooded for 15 days.

9.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

9.1. The unit rate laying Indian type water proofing treatment shall include the costof all materials, tools and plant required for mixing, laying of base layer in true level andslope as required applying & placing stones in position, compacting, finishing, curingmirror polishing, providing treatment of 30 cm high all over the length of parapets andcorners and sill of doors etc, and all other incidental expenses for producing flooringwork to complete the structure or its components as shown on the drawings andaccording to these specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing andremoving of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of laying Indian type water proofing treatment shall include the cost of alllabour, materials tools and plant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as describedherein above.

9.2. The laying Indian type water proofing treatment work shall be measured for itslength and width, limiting dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rateshall be for a unit of one square meter.

9.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 93

Providing and laying Machine cut mirror polished anti skid green marble stoneslab of approved colour with nosing in single piece For finishing of tread andrisers of stair case Laid over 10 mm. Thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3coarse sand) jointed with white cement slurry20 mm. Thick

General

Page 93: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 93/190

 

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing marble stone slab in single piecein treads of stair case of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings andconforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 MATERIAL

1.1. MARBLE SLAB1.2.Marble stone slab shall be of best quality confirming IS 130-1969 and colour shall be asapproved by engineer in charge size of the Marble stone slab shall be in single piece tomatch size of tread and riser of stair case The colour and shape and colour of theMarble slab shall be approved by Engineer in charge.

1.1.2 Marble slab shall be hard close uniform and homogeneous in texture The shall

have even crystalline grain and free from defects and cracks. The surface shall bemachine polished to an even and perfect plane Surface and edges shall be machine cutin true square shape and size. size of the marble slab shall be as per requirement ofurinal partition. and shall be in one single piece only.

The Marble slab shall not be thinner than the 18 mm thickness at its thinnest part a fewspecification of finished slab to be used shall be deposited by the contractor in the officefor reference

2.0. WORKMANSHIP2.1. The Marble slab shall be fixed on the wall as and where directed. The Marble slab

shall be fixed tight in wall in a deep grove cut in wall by means of electric cuttermachine, and or glaze tiled surface using white cement. During cutting groove in wallglaze tiled surface shall not be damaged, After fixing the Marble slab surface of wallshall be finished with white cement to match the existing surface.

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :3.1. The unit rate Marble slab shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant

required for lifting to required height with all lead and lift, placing & fixing in position, allrequired specials and jointing white cement , finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses for producing Marble slab work ofspecified size to complete the structure or its components as shown on the drawings

and according to these specifications.

3.2. The Marble slab work shall be measured for its width and height limiting tospecified capacity to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unitof one number.

3.3. The payment will be made on square meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 94

Page 94: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 94/190

 

Providing and laying concrete Block paving tiles 60 mm thick as specification& samples approved by engineer in charge laid on a Bed of 100 mm. Thickbrickbats/ chhara filing and 75 mm thick sand Filling under floors includingwatering ramming, consolidating and dressing etc. comp. filling complete

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing pre-cast cement concrete blocks  of

the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 MATIRIAL

1.0 Pre-cast cement concrete paver blockspre-cast cement concrete tiles shall be of approved brand and make as approved byEngineer in charge

1.1 The size shape and design of pre-cast cement concrete blocks shall generally be as

per manufacturers product or as directed by the Engineer in charge and Architect

1.2 The pre-cast cement concrete blocks shall satisfy the tests as regards traversestrength resistance to wear and water absorption

1.3 The colour size shape and design of the pre-cast cement concrete blocks shall bedirected by Engineer Or Architect

1.4 The pre-cast cement concrete blocks shall be of best quality as approved by theEngineer In charge. They shall be flat and true to shape. They shall be free form cracks,

crazing spots, chipped edges and corners. The glazing shall be of uniform shade. 

2. WATER

2.1. Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean, reasonably clear andfree objectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil and injurious alkalis, salts,organic matter and other deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar ofconcrete or cause efflorescence or attack the steel in R.C.C. Container for transport,storage and handling of water shall be clean. Water shall conform to the standardspecified in I.S. 456-1978.

2.2. If required by the Engineer-in-Charge it shall be tested by comparison withdistilled water Comparison shall be made by means of standard cement tests forsoundness tim e of setting and mortar strength as specified in I.S. 269-1976. Anyindication of unsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more ordecrease of more than 10 per cent in strength, of mortar prepared with water samplewhen compared with the results obtained with mortar prepared with distilled watershall be sufficient cause for rejection of water under test.

2.3. Water for curing mortar, concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or tooalkaline . It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction

or otherwise interfere with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or those

Page 95: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 95/190

 

which produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

2.4. Hard and bitter water shall not be used for curing

2.5. Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete.

3.0 CEMENT

3.1. Cement snail be ordinary Portland slag cement as per I.S.269-1976 orPortland slag cement as per I.S. 455-1976

4.0 SAND

4.1. Sand shall be natural sand, clean, well graded hard strong, durable and

gritty particles free from injurious amounts of dust, clay kankar nodules, soft orflaky particles shale, alkali salts organic matter, loam, mica or other deleterioussubstances and shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge. The sandshall not contain more contain more than 8 percent of silt as determined by field test,if necessary the sand shall be washed to make it clean.4.2. Coarse Sand :The fineness modulus of coarse sand shall not be less than2.5 and shall not exceed4.3 . The sieve analysis of coarse shall be as under.I.S. Sieve Percentage by weight

I.S. Sieve Percentage byDesignation passing sieve Designation

weight passing Sieve

4.75 mm 100 600 m icron30 - 100

2.36 mm 90 to 100 300 m icron50 - 70

1.18 mm 70 to 100 150 m icron0 – 50

4.3. Fine Sand :

The fineness modulus shall not exceed 1.0 The sieve analysis of fine sand shallbe as under.I.S. Sieve Percentage by weight I.S. SievePercentageby weightDesignation  passingSieve  Designationpassing Sieve 

4.75 mm 100 600 m icron40 - 85

2.36 mm 100 300 m icron

5 - 50

Page 96: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 96/190

 

1.18 mm 75 to 100 150 m icron0 - 10

5.0. Brick Aggregates

5.1. Brick bat aggregate shall be broken from well burnt or slightly over burntand dense bricks. It shall be homogeneous in texture, roughly cubical in shape, clean and free from dirt of any other foreign material. The brick bats shall be of 40 mm -50 mm. size unless otherwise specified in the item The under burnt of over burntbrick bats shall not be allowed. 14.2. The brick bats shall be measured by suitableboxes or as directed.

6.0 WORKMANSHIP

6.1 The pre-cast cement concrete blocks shall be laid on C.M. 1:3. The slope in thefloors shall be provided in the sub grade . The earth below shall be properly watered,rammed and consolidated. Before laying the flooring, it shall be moistured. Plinthmasonry offset shall be depressed so as to allow the sub grade concrete to rest on it.

6.2 Pre-cast cement concrete blocks of approved quality shape and designe and shallbe laid evenly to level and slope as directed by Engineer in charge over a bed of a baselayer consisting of coarse sand and a layer of Brick aggregates

6.4 Laying: The pre-cast cement concrete blocks shall be laid in plain, diagonal or otherpattern as directed. The concrete blocks shall be laid properly and set home by gentletaping.

.

7.0 MODE OF MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT

7.1 The unit rate pre-cast cement concrete blocks flooring shall include the cost of allmaterials, tools and plant required for mixing, laying of base layer in true level and slopeas required applying & placing stones in position, compacting, finishing, curing .

6.2 The length and breadth shall be measured correct to a Square meter correct to 2places of decimel. Length and breadth shall be measured to correct to a centimeter andbetween the finished the finished face of the skirting, dado or wall plaster and nodeduction shall be made nor extra paid for any opening in floors or areas up to 0.1square meter .

7.3 The rate shall be for a unit of one Square meter. 

Page 97: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 97/190

 

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 95

Providing and laying machine cut free edges double side machine polished Kota

stone for shelves in cupboard and walls in single piece (Maximum 150) 25 mmthick including cutting grooves in walls and fixing the stone with neat cementslurry in true line and level and making good the groove with Cm 1:3 as directed .etc. complete. for Shelves

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing machine polished blue kotahstone for Selves of cupboards in single piece of the shape and dimensions shownon the drawings and conforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineerin charge.

1.0 MATIRIAL

MATERIALS

1.0 Water shall confirm to M1 , lime mortar shall Confirm to M 10 , cement mortar shallconfirm to M 11 , polished kotah stone shall confirm to M 40 and Jesailmer stone ofapproved quality

2.0 MACHINE POLISHED BLUE KOTAH STONE FOR SELVES OF CUPBOARDS INSINGLE PIECE 

2.1. Kota stone shall be hard even sound, and regular in shape and generally uniform incolour. And in must be in Single piece The colour of the stone shall generally begreen. Brown coloured shall not be allowed for use. They shall be without any soft veinscranks of flaws Jesailmer stone shall be hard, even, and regular in shape and it shouldwithout fault.

2.2. The size of the stone to be used for flooring shall be of size 600 mm x 600 mm sizeas directed. However smaller sizes will be allowed to be used to the extent ofmaintaining required pattern. Thickness shall be as specified.

2.3. Tolerance of minus 30 mm. on accounts of chisel dressing of edges shall bepermitted for length as well as breadth. Tolerance in thickness shall be +3 mm.

2.4. The edges of stones shall be truly chiseled and table rubbed with coarse sandbefore paving. All angles and edges of the stones of shall be true, square and freechipping and surface shall be true and plain.

2.5. When machine cut edges are specified the exposed and the edges at joints shall bemachine cut the thickness of the exposed machine cut edges shall be uniform.

2.6. The stones shall have machine mirror polished surface. When brought on site, the

stones shall be mirror polished or double polished depending upon its use. The stonesfor paving shall generally be single polished. The stones to be used for dedo, skirting,

Page 98: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 98/190

 

sink, veneering, sills, steps, etc. where machine polishing after the stones are fixed insitu is not possible shall be mirror polished.

3.0 WORKMANSHIP

3.1 Kota stone shall be of approved quality shall be laid evenly to level and slope asdirected by Engineer in charge in groves cut in wall for the shape and size of selves asdirected by Engineer in Charge finished with cement mortar 1 : 3 and making the wallsurface level using neat cement surly

3.2. Cement and sand for base layer shall be mixed in proportions of 1:3 ( 1 cement : 3coarse sand by volume) Cement and sand shall be proportioned by volume after makingdue allowance for bulking. The require quantity of water shall then be added and themortar mixed to produce workable consistency before mixing platform shall bethoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.

3.3. The mixing for base layer shall be done intimately, The operation shall be carriedout on clean water tight platform, and cement sand shall be first mixed dry in therequired proportion to obtain uniform colour and then the mortar shall be mixed for atleast two minutes after addition of water. In case of cement mortar, that has sufferedbecause of evaporation of water the same shall be re-tempered by adding water asfrequently as needed to restore the requisite consistency but its re-tempering shall bepermitted only within thirty minute from the time of addition to water at the time of initialmixing.

3.4. Cement and sand for base layer shall be mixed in proportion as specified in theitem, Cement and sand shall be proportioned by volume after making due allowance forbulking. The required quantity of water shall then be added and the mortar mixed toproduce workable consistency.

3.5. Curing shall be started as soon as the mortar used for finished has hardenedsufficiently no to be damaged when watered. It shall be kept wet for a period of at least7 days. During this period, it shall be suitably protected from all damages;

3.6. During hot weather, all finished or partly finished work shall be covered or wetted insuch manner as will prevent rapid drying of the flooring work.

3.7. Joints of kota stone selves shall be through and continuous throughout the buildingas directed by Engineer in charge

3.8. joints shall be filled with a stiff mixture of gray cement surly

3.9. The kota stone selves work shall be finished by rubbing and mirror polishing afterthe the work of flooring is set properly

3.10. The rate of kota stone selves is inclusive of 10 cm high skirting using same stone. 

.

Page 99: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 99/190

 

4.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment :4.1. The unit rate of kota stone selves includes the cost of all materials, cost ofanodizing, cost of all necessary fixtures and fastenings, labour charges for fixing frames,doors and fixing the door in wall at the place shown in drawing and as instructed byEngineer in charge, all tools and plant required for assembling and fixing in position,

finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses forpreparing window frame and shutter of specified size to complete the door structure orits components as shown on the drawings and according to these specifications. Theyshall also include the cost of making, fixing and making walls good by plaster patchcolour etc as required

4.2. The kota stone selves shall be measured for its length and breadth limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed.

4.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

4.4. The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No. 96

Providing and fixing machine cut free edges with rounded mouling machine cutmachine polished 25 mm thick green Marble stone in single piece (Max 150 cm)Laid over 20 mm. (average thick base of cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarsesand ) of L.M. 1:1.5 and laid over and jointed with White cement slurry includingrubbing and polishing complete. in side top and bottom of windows

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing marble stone slab in single piecein treads of stair case of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings andconforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 MATERIAL

1.1. MARBLE SLABMarble stone slab shall be of best quality confirming IS 130-1969 and colour shall be asapproved by engineer in charge size of the Marble stone slab shall be in single piece tomatch size of tread and riser of stair case The colour and shape and colour of theMarble slab shall be approved by Engineer in charge.

1.1.2 Marble slab shall be hard close uniform and homogeneous in texture The shallhave even crystalline grain and free from defects and cracks. The surface shall bemachine polished to an even and perfect plane Surface and edges shall be machine cutin true square shape and size. size of the marble slab shall be as per requirement of

urinal partition. and shall be in one single piece only.

Page 100: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 100/190

 

The Marble slab shall not be thinner than the 18 mm thickness at its thinnest part a fewspecification of finished slab to be used shall be deposited by the contractor in the officefor reference

2.0. WORKMANSHIP

2.1. The Marble slab shall be fixed on the wall as and where directed. The Marble slabshall be fixed tight in wall in a deep grove cut in wall by means of electric cuttermachine, and or glaze tiled surface using white cement. During cutting groove in wallglaze tiled surface shall not be damaged, After fixing the Marble slab surface of wallshall be finished with white cement to match the existing surface.

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :3.1. The unit rate Marble slab shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant

required for lifting to required height with all lead and lift, placing & fixing in position, allrequired specials and jointing white cement , finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses for producing Marble slab work of

specified size to complete the structure or its components as shown on the drawingsand according to these specifications.

3.2. The Marble slab work shall be measured for its width and height limiting tospecified capacity to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unitof one number.

3.3. The payment will be made on square meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 97

Providing and fixing 0.75 meter wide sand wich type Counter including supplyingand fixing granite stone 18 mm thick mirror polished stones in top and sideposition and vertical strip at front over 25 mm thick polished kotah stoneplatform fixing in top and sides and intermediates supports fixing with cementmortar and adhesive and finishing including providing etc complete

1.0 GeneralThe work shall consist of construction of sandwich type cooking platform with polishedkota stone slabs jointed with cement mortar in accordance with the details shown on thedrawings as approved by the engineer in charge having granite top and stainless steelsink. Only trained personnel shall be employed for construction work & supervision

2.0 MATERIALKota Stone2.0 HAND DRESSED MACHINE POLISHED KOTAH STONE 

2.1. Kota stone shall be hard even sound, and regular in shape and generally uniform in

colour. The colour of the stone shall generally be green. Brown coloured shall not beallowed for use. They shall be without any soft veins cranks of flaws

Page 101: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 101/190

 

2.2. The size of the stone to be used for flooring shall be of size 600 mm x 600 mm and  / or size 600 mm x 450 mm as directed. However smaller sizes will be allowed to beused to the extent of maintaining required pattern. Thickness shall be as specified.

2.3. Tolerance of minus 30 mm. on accounts of chisel dressing of edges shall bepermitted for length as well as breadth. Tolerance in thickness shall be +3 mm.

2.4. The edges of stones shall be truly chiseled and table rubbed with coarse sandbefore paving. All angles and edges of the stones of shall be true, square and freechipping and surface shall be true and plain.

2.5. When machine cut edges are specified the exposed and the edges at joints shall bemachine cut the thickness of the exposed machine cut edges shall be uniform.

2.6. The stones shall have machine polished surface. When brought on site, the stones

shall be single polished or double polished depending upon its use. The stones forpaving shall generally be single polished. The stones to be used for dedo, partitionsskirting, sink, veneering, sills, steps, etc. where machine polishing after the stones arefixed in situ is not possible shall be double polished.

3.0 Granite Stone Slab

3.1. Granite Stone Slab shall be hard even sound, and regular in shape and thiknessgenerally having uniform approved colour and design. The colour of the stone shallgenerally be as approved by The engineer in charge. They shall be without any softveins cranks of flaws

3.2. The size of the Granite Stone to be used for top of platform shall be as per detailsshown on the drawings and as directed by the Engineer in charge However smallersizes will not be allowed, Granite Stone shall be in a single piece only

3.3. Tolerance of minus 30 mm. on accounts of chisel dressing of edges shall bepermitted for length as well as breadth. Tolerance in thickness shall be +3 mm.

3.4. The edges of Granite Stone Slab shall be truly machine cut and machine polished.

All angles and edges shall be true, square and free chipping and surface shall be trueand plain.

3.5. When machine cut edges are specified the exposed and the edges at joints shall bemachine cut and machine polished the thickness of the exposed machine cut machinepolished edges shall be uniform.

3.6. The stones shall have morror polished surface. When brought on site, the stonesshall be single polished or double polished depending upon its use. The stones to beused for top slab shall be double polished.

4.0. WATER

Page 102: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 102/190

 

4.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

4.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication ofunsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared withthe result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

4.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

4.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

4.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

4.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

4.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned atregular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organicmatter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

4.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire moore than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should not

required more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Permissible limits (Max)Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

Page 103: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 103/190

 

In case of structures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may beincreased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

5.0 CEMENT

5.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the priorapproval of the Engineer:

a) Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.

d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

5.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimum

required design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible

cement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

5.3. Cement conforming to IS:8112 and IS:12269 may be used provided the minimumcement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution ashigh early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finergrinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate andC2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strengthconsiderations.

5.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate and

magnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive toconcrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS:456 are soleplate concentrationin excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water.Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land usingchemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall becarefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum requireddesign strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cementcontent of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

5.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

Page 104: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 104/190

 

5.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no caseexceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminate per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

5.7. StorageCement shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as toavoid deterioration or contamination, Cement shall be stored above ground level inperfectly dry and water tight sheds and shall be stacked not more than eight bags high.Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacity should sufficient to cover tothe requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4 months

5.8. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily identified andinspected and cement shall be used in the sequence in which it is delivered in any way,during storage shall not be used in the works and shall be removed from the site by the

contractor without charge to the employerThe contractor shall prepare and maintain proper records on site in respect of deliveryhandling storage and use of cement and these records shall be available for inspectionby the engineer in charge at all times5.9 The contractor shall make a monthly return to the engineer in charge on the datecorresponding to the interim certificate date showing the quantities of cement receivedand issued during the month in stock at the end of the month.

6.0 SAND

6.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean well graded, hard strong durable and grittyparticular free from immures amounts of dust, clay, kankar modules 

6.2. For masonry works sand shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 2116

6.3. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete(PSC) works fine aggregates shall consist of clean, hard strong and durable prices ofcrushed stone, crushed gravel or suitable combination of natural sand crushed stone orgravel, They shall not contain dust lumps soft or flaky materials mica or otherdeleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength and durability ofconcrete, or to attack the embedded steel. Motorized sand washing machines should beused to remove impurities from sand. Fine aggregate having positive alkali-silicareaction shall not be used. All fine aggregates shall conform to IS L 383 and tests forconformity shall be carried out as per IS : 2386 (Part I to VIII) The contractor shallsubmit to the Engineer in charge the entire information indicated in Appendix A of IS :383. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate shall neither be less than 2.00 nor greaterthan 3.5.6.4. Sand fine aggregates for structural concrete shall conform to the following gradingrequirements as shown in the table below6.5 Fine Sand: The fineness module shall not exceed 1.0 the sieve analysis of fine sandbe as under:

IS. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

Zone I Zone II Zone III10 mm 100 100 100

Page 105: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 105/190

 

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-1002.3 6mm 60-95 75-100 85-1001.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100600 MC 15-34 35-59 60-79300 MC 5-20 8-30 12-40

150 MC 0-10 0-10 0-10

Coarse Sand: The fineness modules of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5 and shallnot exceed 3.0. The sieve analysis of coarse sand be as under:I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing4.75 mm 1002.36mm 90 to 1001.18 mm 70 to 100600 MC 30 to 100300 MC 85 to 70150 MC 00 to 50

7.0. Proportion

7.1. The proportion of the cement mortar shall be 1:4 ( 1 part of cement by volume and 4parts of sand by volume)

8.0 Stainless kitchen sinkThe kitchen sink shall be made of stainless steel and of approved brand and makeas approved by Engineer in charge.

9.0 Workmanship

.Mixing of Mortar

9.1. The mixing of mortar shall be done intimately, the operation shall be carried out onclean water tight platform, and cement sand shall be first mixed dry in the requiredproportion turned over and over backwards and forwards several times till the mixture isof uniform colour Thereafter, minimum quantity of water shall be added to bring themortar to the consistency of stiff paste. and then the mortar shall be mixed for at leasttwo minutes after addition of water.

9.2 Mortar shall be mixed only in such quantity as required for immediate use. The mix

s\which has developed initial set shall not be used. Initial set of mortar with ordinaryPortland cement shall normally be considered to have taken place in 30 minutes aftermixing.

9.3 In case mortar has stiffened during initial setting time because of evaporation ofwater the same can be re tempered by adding water as frequently as needed to restorethe requisite consistency, nut this re-tempering shall not be permitted after 30 minutesMortar unused for more than 30 minutes shall be rejected and removed from site.

9.4. In case of cement mortar, that has suffered because of evaporation of water thesame shall be re-tempered by adding water as frequently as needed to restore the

Page 106: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 106/190

 

requisite consistency but its re-tempering shall be permitted only within thirty minutefrom the time of addition to water at the time of initial mixing.

9.5. The mixing shall preferably be done in a mechanical mixer operated manually or bypower Hand mixing can be resorted to as long as uniform density of mix and its strength

are assured subject to prior approval of Engineer in charge. Where permitted, specificpermission is to be given by the Engineer in charge.

9.6. Cement and sand shall be mixed in specified proportions given in the drawing.Cement shall be proportioned by weight, taking the unit weight of cement as 1.44 toneper cubic meter, Sand shall be proportioned by volume taking into account dueallowance for bulking All mortar shall be mixed with a minimum quantity of water toproduce desired workability consistence with maximum density of mortar. The mix shallbe clean and free from injurious type of soil/acid/alkali/organic matter or deleterioussubstances.

10.0 Proportion of Mix

10.1. Cement and sand shall be mixed in proportions of 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand)Cement and sand shall be proportioned by volume after making due allowance forbulking. The require quantity of water shall then be added and the mortar mixed toproduce workable consistency. Before mixing platform shall be thoroughly cleanedbefore changing from one type of cement to another.

10.2. It shall be carried out on a water tight platform and care shall be taken to ensurethat mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in colour and consistency.

11.0 Curing :11.1. During hot weather, all finished or partly finished work shall be covered or wettedin such manner as will prevent rapid drying of the brick work.

11.2. Green cement work shall be protected form rain suitable. work shall be kept moiston all the faces for a period of seven days The Top of masonry work shall be kept wellwetted at the close of the day

11.3 Immediately after compaction, concrete shall. be protected against harmful effectsof weather, including rain, running water, shocks, vibration, traffic, rapid temperature

charges, frost and driving out process shall be covered with wet jute bags or the similarabsorbent material approved by the Engineer-in-charge soon after the initial set, andshall be kept continuously wet for a period of not less than 14 days from the date ofplacement. work over-  the foundation concrete may be started after 48 hours of itslaying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a minimum period of 14 days.

11.4 After the final set, the concrete shall be kept continuously wet if required bypounding for a period of not less then 7 days form the date of placement. Hard and bitterwater shall not be used for curing

12.0 Scaffolding

12.1 Scaffolding shall be sound strong and safe to withstand all loads lilely to comeupon it The holes which provide resting space for horizontal members shall be left in

Page 107: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 107/190

 

masonry under one meter in width or immediately near the skew backs of arches. theholes left in the masonry work for supporting the scaffolding shall be filled and madegood Scaffolding shall be got approved by the Engineer in charge However thecontractor shall be responsible for its safety.

13.0. Finishing of Surface

13.1 All work shall be finished in a workmanlike manner with the thickness of jointsmanner strking or tooling as described in these above specifications

13.1 Kota stone of approved quality shall be laid evenly to level and slope as directed byEngineer in charge over a bed of a base layer consisting of cement mortar 1:6 ( 1cement: 6 coarse sand by volume) or Lime Mortar 1:1.5 ( 1 lime : 1.5 lime putty byvolume)

13.5. Curing shall be started as soon as the mortar used for finished has hardened

sufficiently no to be damaged when watered. It shall be kept wet for a period of at least7 days. During this period, it shall be suitably protected from all damages;

13.6. During hot weather, all finished or partly finished work shall be covered or wettedin such manner as will prevent rapid drying of the flooring work.

14.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment :14.1. The unit rate sandwich type platform shall include the cost of all materials requiredto produce the item of sandwich type platform including granite top and stainless steelsink, tools and plant required for mixing, placing in position, finishing as per direction ofthe Engineer-in-charge, curing and finishing all other incidental expenses for producingsandwich type platform of specified design to complete the structure or its componentsas shown on the drawings and according to these specifications. They shall also includethe cost of making, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for thework.

14.2. The sandwich type platform shall be measured for its length and limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of onerunnung meter.

14.3. The payment will be made on running Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No. 98

Providing and fixing M.S. railing 90 cm height fixed on side of stair with necessaryhold fast with 12 x 12 mm M.S. square vertical balustrade 2 no each per tread with2 nos of 40 x 4 mm M.S. flats tie at 30 cm and 60 cm height from the tread with 40mm dia M.S. pipe railing on the top including cutting welding fabricating including

priming coats and two coats of oil painting etc. complete.

Page 108: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 108/190

 

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Providing and fixing 75 mm dia MS railing of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 MATERIAL

1.1 50 mm diameter round hollow M S pipe for railing

Round Hollow S. S. Pipe for railing shall be confirming general Indian standards. RoundHollow pipe shall be free from the defects and Shall have smooth finish.

1.2 The Material shall be free from loose miles scale rust pits or other affectivethe Strength and durability

2.0. Workmanship

2.1. vertical supports of to get 90 cm height of railing shall be fixed as directed andround hollow pipe shall be fixed by welding in true line and level and slope the railingshall be powder coated finish as per standards

2.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment :

2.1 The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

2.3 All necessary labour materials Equipment tools and plant, conveyance includingloading and unloading etc shall be provided by the Contractors directed by the Engineerin charge

2.4 The railing shall be measured for its length, and width limiting dimensions to thosespecified on plan or as directed.

2.5 The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No. 103

Providing and fixing wash down water closet (European type W C pan) withintegral P and S trap including jointing the trap with soil pipe in cement mortar 1:1( 1 cement five sand) including providing and fixing plastic seat cover for washdown W C with C P brass hinges and rubber buffers back plastic seat andincluding providing and fixing 12.5 it low level PVC flushing cistern with a pair ofC I or MS bracket with complete fitting such as lead valve siphon 15 mm dia

brass ball valve with polythene float C P brass handle unions and couplings forconnection with inlet out let and over flow pipes 40 mm dia porcelain enameled

Page 109: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 109/190

 

flush bend including cutting holes in walls and making good the same connectingthe flush bend with cistern and closet vitreous chinaMATERIAL

1.0. European type water closet/with low flushing

1.1. The European type water closet shall be white glazed porcelain first qualityand shall be of wash down type conform ing to I.S. 2556-1973 and I.S. 771-1979

1.2. 'S' trap shall be provided as required with water seal not than 50 mm. The solidplastic seat and cover shall be of best Indian make conforming to I.S 2548-1980.They shall be made of molded synthetic materials which shall be tough and hardwith high resistance to solvents and shall be free from blisters and surfacedefects and shall havechromium plated brass hinges and rubber buffer of suitable size.

2.0. plastic seat cover

2.1. The solid plastic seat and cover shall be of best Indian make conforming to I.S2548-1980. They shall be made of moulded synthetic materials which shall betough and hard with high resistance to solvents and shall be free from blistersand surface defects and shall have

2.2. chromium plated brass hinges and rubber buffer of suitable size.

3.0. Low level Enamel flushing tank

3.1. The low level enamel flushing tank shall be of 15 liters capacity. It shall conformof I S 774-1971. The flushing cistern shall be of best quality and free from anydefects. The flushing tank shall have outlet 32 m m. diameter. The outlet shallbe connected with W.C. pan by lead pipe or P.V.C. pipe as specified. The flushingtank shall be provided with inlet and outlet for fixing G.I. inlet pipes and over-flowpipes. The flushing cistern shall be provided with chromium plated handle for flushingThe flushing tank shall be provided with bracket of cast iron so that it can be fixed onwall at specified height. The brackets shall conform to I.S. 775-1970.

4. 0. WATER

3.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

4.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication of

unsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared with

Page 110: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 110/190

 

the result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

4.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

4.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

4.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permitted for curing

4.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

4.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned atregular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organic

matter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

4.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire moore than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should notrequired more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Permissible limits (Max)Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of structures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may beincreased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

5.0 CEMENT

5.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the prior

approval of the Engineer:a) Ordinary Portland cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

Page 111: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 111/190

 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS: 8112.

d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS: 12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland cement, conforming to IS: 12330.

5.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimumrequired design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible

cement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

5.3. Cement conforming to IS: 8112 and IS: 12269 may be used provided the minimumcement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution ashigh early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finergrinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate andC2S is D-calcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4

weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strengthconsiderations.

5.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate andmagnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive toconcrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS:456 are soleplate concentrationin excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water.Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land usingchemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall be

carefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum requireddesign strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cementcontent of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

5.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

5.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no caseexceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminates per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

5.7. StorageCement shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as toavoid deterioration or contamination, Cement shall be stored above ground level inperfectly dry and water tight sheds and shall be stacked not more than eight bags high.Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacity should sufficient to cover tothe requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4 months

5.8. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily identified andinspected and cement shall be used in the sequence in which it is delivered in any way,

during storage shall not be used in the works and shall be removed from the site by thecontractor without charge to the employer

Page 112: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 112/190

 

The contractor shall prepare and maintain proper records on site in respect of deliveryhandling storage and use of cement and these records shall be available for inspectionby the engineer in charge at all times5.9. The contractor shall make a monthly return to the engineer in charge on the datecorresponding to the interim certificate date showing the quantities of cement received

and issued during the month in stock at the end of the month.

6.0 SAND6.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean well graded, hard strong durable and grittyparticular free from immures amounts of dust, clay, kankar modules 

6.2. For masonry works sand shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 2116

6.3. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete(PSC) works fine aggregates shall consist of clean, hard strong and durable prices ofcrushed stone, crushed gravel or suitable combination of natural sand crushed stone orgravel, They shall not contain dust lumps soft or flaky materials mica or other

deleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength and durability ofconcrete, or to attack the embedded steel. Motorized sand washing machines should beused to remove impurities from sand. Fine aggregate having positive alkali-silicareaction shall not be used. All fine aggregates shall conform to IS L 383 and tests forconformity shall be carried out as per IS : 2386 (Part I to VIII) The contractor shallsubmit to the Engineer in charge the entire information indicated in Appendix A of IS :383. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate shall neither be less than 2.00 nor greaterthan 3.5.6.4. Sand fine aggregates for structural concrete shall conform to the following gradingrequirements as shown in the table below5.5 Fine Sand: The fineness module shall not exceed 1.0 the sieve analysis of fine sand

be as under:IS. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

Zone I Zone II Zone III

10 mm 100 100 100

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-1002.3 6mm 60-95 75-100 85-1001.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100600 MC 15-34 35-59 60-79300 MC 5-20 8-30 12-40150 MC 0-10 0-10 0-10

6.6. Coarse Sand: The fineness modules of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5 andshall not exceed 3.0. The sieve analysis of coarse sand be as under:I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing4.75 mm 1002.36mm 90 to 1001.18 mm 70 to 100600 MC 30 to 100300 MC 85 to 70150 MC 00 to 50

6.2. Proportion of Mix

Page 113: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 113/190

 

5.2.1. Cement and sand shall be mixed to specified proportion, sand beingmeasured by measuring boxes, the proportion of cem ent will be by volumeon the basis of 50 Kg/Bag of cement being equal to 0.0342 Cu.m. The mortarmay be hand mixed of machine mixed as directed.

6.3. Proportion of Mortar :

6.3.1. In hand mixed mortar, cement and sand in the specified proportionsshall be thoroughly mixed dry on a clean impervious platform by turning overat least 3 times or more till a homogeneous mixture of uniform colour isobtained. Mixing platform shall be so arranged that no deleterious extraneousmaterial shall get mixed with mortar or mortar shall flow out. While mixing, thewater shall be gradually added and thoroughly mixed to from a stiff plasticmass of uniform colour so that each particle of sand shall be completely coveredwith a film of wet cement. The water cement ratio shall be adopted as directed

6.3.2. The mortar so prepared shall be used within 30 minutes of adding water.Only such quantity of mortar shall be prepared as can be used within 30 minutes

7.0. WORKMANSHIP

7.1. The (Indian type) pan shall be sunk into the floor and embedded in a cushion ofaverage 15cm. cement concrete 1:5:10 ( 1 cement : 10 graded stone aggregate or brickaggregate 40 mm. nominal size) or and its bed concrete. The floor should be left 115mm below the top level of the pan so as to allow for flooring and its bed concrete. Thefloor should be suitably stopped sp that the waste water is drained into the pan. Theshall be provided with 100 mm. 'P' or 'S' trap as specified in the item No. 23.113 withapproximately 50 mm. seal. The joints between the pan and the trap shall be made leak-proof with cement mortar 1:1 ( 1 cement : 1 fine sand). 

7.2. The 'P' or 'S' trap shall be fixed with pan cast iron pipe with C.M. 1.1. The panshall be provided with a 100 nun. 'P' or 'S' trap as specified in the item with anapproximately 50 mm . seal The joint between the pan and the trap shall be made leak-proof with cement mortar 1:1(1 cement : 1 fine sand).

8.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

8.1. The unit rate Water Closet shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plantrequired for lifting to required height with all lead and lift, placing & fixing in position, allrequired specials and jointing adhesive compound, finishing as per direction of theEngineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses for producing Water Closet workof specified size to complete the structure or its components as shown on the drawingsand according to these specifications.

8.2. The rate includes cost of labour for fixing pans and seat cover,inlet ouletconnections , including the cost of seat and covers and water jet including testing the

same

Page 114: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 114/190

 

8.3. The Water Closet work shall be measured for its number limiting to specifiedcapacity to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of onenumber.

8.4 The payment will be made on number basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No. 104

Providing and fixing wash basin with single hole for pillar tap with C.I. Or M.S.brackets painted white including cutting holes and making good the sameincluding fittings such as 15 mm pillar tap, chromium platedf bottle trap, CP brasswaste pipe and 15 mm stop cock , M.I. fisher union :(ii) Flat back wash basin500mm x 400mm size including all necessry fittings etc. commplete as directed.

GeneralThis work shall consist of Providing and fixing wash basin with single hole of theshape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge 

MATERIAL1.0. Wash Basin

1.1. Wash basin shall be of white porcelain first quality best Indian make and it shallconform to I.S. 2556 (Part -IV) -1972 and I.S. 771-1979. The size of the washbasin shall be as specified in item. Wash basin shall be of one piece construction

with continued over flow arrangements All internal angles shall be designed soas to facilitate cleaning.

1.2. Wash basin shall have single tap hole as specified. Each basin shall have acircular waste hole which is either riveted or beveled internally with 65 mm. diameterat top and 10 mm. depth to suit the waste fitting. The necessary stud slot toreceive the bracket on the under side of the basin shall be provided Basin shall have aninternal soap holder which shall fully drain into the bow l.

1.3. White glazed pedestal of the quality and colour as that the basin shall be providedwhere specified in the item. It shall be completely recessed at the back for reception ofsupply and wash pipe. It shall be capable of supporting the basin rigidly andadequately and shall be so designed as to make the height from the floor the floor totop of the rim of basin 750 rnrn. to 800 mm. as directed.

1.4. Wash basin shall be European type and of best quality as approved by engineer incharge size of the wash basin shall match as per provision in the item of wash basin.type and shape and colour of the wash basin shall be approved by Engineer in charge.

1.5. Wash basin shall be of white porcelain first quality best Indian make and it shallconform to IS 2556 (Part – IV) – 1972 and I.S 771 – 1979. The size of the wash basin

shall be as specified in the item Wash basin shall be of one piece construction withcontinued over flow arrangements. All internal angles shall be designed so as to

Page 115: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 115/190

Page 116: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 116/190

 

6.3. The C.I. brass trap and union shall be connected to 32 mm dia waste pipe whichshall be suitably bent towards the wall and which shall discharge into an open drainleading to a gully trap or direct in to gully-trap on the ground floor and shall beconnected to a waste pipe through a floor trap on the upper floors. C.P. brass trap andunion may not be provided where the surface drain or a floor trap is placed directly

under basin and the waste is discharged in to vertically.

6.4. The height of the front edge to the wash basin from the floor level shall be 80 cms.

6.5. The necessary inlet, outlet, connections and fittings such as pillar cocks, CP dresswaste trap waste pipe, stop cock, chain wish rubber plug etc. shall be fixed.

6.6. The payment of fittings shall be made separately under separate items.

7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

7.1. The unit rate Wash basin shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plantrequired for lifting to required height with all lead and lift, placing & fixing in position, allrequired specials and jointing adhesive compound, finishing as per direction of theEngineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses for producing Wash basin work ofspecified size to complete the structure or its components as shown on the drawingsand according to these specifications.

7.2. The Wash basin work shall be measured for its number limiting to specified capacityto those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one number.

7.3. The payment will be made on number basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 113

Providing and fixing the P.V.C. rain water out let pipe of I.S.I. Mark approved

quality make equivalent to finolex with necessary bend, plug, jali, clamps. Etc.complete. 110 mm dia.

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing P.V.C. rain water out let pipe, ofthe shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

MATIRIALSP.V.C. rain water out let pipe 

Page 117: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 117/190

 

1.1. The low density polythene pipe of specified diameter with 6 Kg/Sq. Cm,working pressure shall conform to I.S. 3076-1968. The specials and fittings requiredshall be of best quality.

1.2. The high density polythene pipe of specified diameter with 56 Kg / OCS on working

pressure having diameter of 110 mm shall be of approved make and quality and shallconfirm specification given in Booklet of Building Specification Material item No 23.8

1.1. Specials and fittings shall be of approved make and of best quality

1.2. M S Clamps made from 1.5 mm thick MS flat or 3 mm width bend to require shapeof approved quality

2.0 WORKMAN SHIP

2.0. Workmanship

2.1. The P.V.C. pipes of specified diameter shall be fixed as directed. Due tothermal expansion of rigid ' P.V.D. pipes, due allowance shall be made particularlyin over ground pipe lines for any change in length of pipe line which may occurduring installation or when pipe line which may occur during installation or when pipeline is in service.

2.2. Above ground installation of rigid P.V.C. pipe should be under taken afterpreparations are observed for their protection against direct sun rays and mechanicaldamage.

2.3. The rigid P.V.C. pipe lines should not be kept exposed above ground when itpasses through public places, railway lines, road side and foot paths.

2.4. P.V.C. pipes shall be supported at the following intervals :-20 mm. dia 500 mm . -25 mm. dia 750.mm. -32 mm. dia.900 mm.

2.5. Closer support spacing shall be provided if recommended by the manufacture.

2.6. The guide lines indicated by the manufacturer regarding handling, transportation,

storing, laying and jointing pvc pipes shall be kept in view during execution.

2.7. P.V.C. pipes shall be fixed on wall with wooden plugs and suitable plasticclamps.

2.8. Jointing the pipes :

2.8.1. The pipes and sockets shall be accurately cut. The ends of the pipes andfittings should be absolutely free from dirt and dust. The outside surface of the pipesand the inside of the fittings shall then be roughened with emery paper, and thensolvent cement joint. Since solvent cement is aggressive to P V.C. care must

be taken to avoid applying excessive cement to the inside of pipe sockets asany surplus cement cannot be wiped of after jointing.

Page 118: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 118/190

 

Empty solvent cement tins, brushes, rags, or paper impregnated with cementshould not be buried in the trenches. They should be gathered not left scatteredabout, as-they can prove to be a hazard to animals, which may chew them.

2.8.2. If any manufacturer recommends its own methods of jointing the same

shall be adopted after necessary approval from the Engineer-in-charge.

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate PVC pipe shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plantrequired for mixing, placing & fixing in position, all required specials and jointingadhesive compound, finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, and all otherincidental expenses for producing pipe line work of specified diameter to complete thestructure or its components as shown on the drawings and according to thesespecifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing and removing of all

scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of PVC pipe line shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

3.2. The Pipe line work shall be measured for its length limiting dimensions to thosespecified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one running - meter.

3.3. The payment will be made on running Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 115

Providing and Fixing in position cowl vent to pipes ( ii) 100 mm

General

This work shall consist of Providing and fixing in position PVC cowl vent of the shape and dimensionsshown on the drawings and conforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

Material

1.0. Cowl vent1.1. Cowl vent shall be of PVC and shall be sound and free from porosity or otherdefects which affect serviceability The thickness of the base metal shall not be less than 6.5 mmThe surface shall be smooth and free form craze, chips and other flaws or any other kind ofdefects which affect serviceability The size of Cowl vent shall be specified

1.2. Cowl vent shall be of-quality approved by the Engineer-in-charge and shall generallyconform to the relevant Indian Standards.

Page 119: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 119/190

 

1.3. The cover shall be PVC perforated cover shall be provided on the trap of appropriatesize.

2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENT

2.1. The rate for cowl vent includes cost of vent, its carting from to work site with all leads and lifts placingand fixing in position,

2.2. The rate shall be for a unit of One Number 

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 116

Providing and fixing the P.V.C. rain water out let pipe of I.S.I. Mark 6.0 kg/sqcmapproved quality make equivalent to finolex with necessary bend, plug, jali,clamps. Etc. complete. 110 mm dia.

General

This work shall consist of Providing and supplying in standard length ISI markedrigid unplasticised PVC pipes of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawingsand conforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

MATIRIALS1.0. polythene pipes

1.0. Materials

1.1. The low density polythene pipe of specified diameter with specified workingpressure shall conform to I.S. 4985/1988. The specials and fittings required shall beof best quality.

2.0. Workmanship

2.1. The P.V.C. pipes of specified diameter shall be fixed as directed. Due tothermal expansion of rigid ' P.V.D. pipes, due allowance shall be made particularlyin over ground pipe lines for any change in length of pipe line which may occurduring installation or when pipe line which may occur during installation or when pipeline is in service.

2.2. Above ground installation of rigid P.V.C. pipe should be under taken afterpreparations are observed for their protection against direct sun rays and mechanicaldamage.

2.3. The rigid P.V.C. pipe lines should not be kept exposed above ground when itpasses through public places, railway lines, road side and foot paths.

Page 120: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 120/190

 

2.4. P.V.C. pipes shall be supported at the following intervals :

-20 mm. dia 500 mm . -25 mm. dia 750.mm. -32 mm. dia.900 mm. 2.5. Closersupport spacing shall be provided if recommended by the manufacture.

2.6. The guide lines indicated by the manufacturer regarding handling, transportation,storing, laying and jointing pf pipes shall be kept in view during execution.

2.7. P.V.C. pipes shall be fixed on wall with wooden plugs and suitable plastic clamps.

2.8. Jointing the pipes :

2.8.1. The pipes and sockets shall be accurately cut. The ends of the pipes and

fittings should be absolutely free from dirt and dust. The outside surface of the pipesand the inside of the fittings shall then be roughened with emery paper, and thensolvent cement joint. Since solvent cement is aggressive to P V.C. care mustbe taken to avoid applying excessive cement to the inside of pipe sockets asany surplus cem ent cannot be wiped of after jointing. Empty solvent cement tins,brushes, rags, or paper impregnated with cement should not be buried in thetrenches. They should be gathered not left scattered about, as-they can prove to be ahazard to animals, w hich may chew them.

2.8.2. If any manufacturer recommends its own methods of jointing the sameshall be adopted after necessary approval from the Engineer-in-charge.

2.0 WORKMAN SHIP

2.1. The PVC Pips of specified diameter shall be fixed as directed by Engineer incharge.

2.2. Due allowance shall be made for thermal expansion of rigid PVC Pipes in all pipelines for any change in length of pipe line which may occur during installation or whenpipe line is in service

2.3. PVC pipe line shall be jointed with the use of necessary solutions and fittings asdirected by Engineering in charge

2.4. The joints of the pipe lines shall be filled with adhesive solution of approved makeas directed by Engineer in charge

2.5. The pipe shall be in full length as per manufacturers specified length

2.6. All pipes shall be fitted on wall face at location indicated on drawings or as directedby Engineer in charge

Page 121: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 121/190

 

2.7. The pipes shall be secured to face of wall below joints by MS clamps of approvedquality and make with wooden gutties using 10 cms long iron nails

2.8. The spigot of the upper pipe shall be properly fitted into the socket of the lower pipesuch that there is uniform annular space for fitting with the jointing materials

2.9. One third depth of annular space between the socket and spigot shall be filled withspn Yarn soaked in bismuthic jointing compound of approved make and shall bepressed home by means of caulking tool and shall be finished smooth.

2.10 All PVC pipes shall have wire ball over carded or cowel When ventilating pipes arecarried in pipe shaft the shaft shall be of minimum size of 1 meter If the shaft are alsoused to give light and air to road the ventilating pipes must be carried out to a horizontaldistance at roof line not less than five meter from the site of the shaft

2.11. The PVC pipes above perfect shall be fixed with clamps and stage The clams shall

be made from 1.5 mm thick M S Flats and 3 cm width bend to required shape fitted withiron nails It shall be formed of semi circular pieces with flanged end on both sides withholes to fit in the nails screws or bolts and nuts 400 mm dia

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate PVC pipe shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plantrequired for mixing, placing & fixing in position, all required specials and jointingadhesive compound, finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, and all otherincidental expenses for producing pipe line work of specified diameter to complete thestructure or its components as shown on the drawings and according to thesespecifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing and removing of allscaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of PVC pipe line shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

3.2. The Pipe line work shall be measured for its length limiting dimensions to thosespecified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one running - meter.

3.3. The payment will be made on running Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Surat

Item No 119

Painting two coats (including priming coat) on new steel and other metal surfaces

with enamel paint, brushing interior to give an even shade including cleaning thesurface of all dirt, dust and other foreign matter.

Page 122: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 122/190

 

General

This work shall consist of Painting two coats (including priming coat) on new steeland other metal surfaces with enamel paint of the shape and dimensions shown on thedrawings and conforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in

charge.

Matirial

44.1. (A) Oil paints :

44.1.1. Oil paints shall be of the specified colour and as approved The readymixed paints shall only be used. However, if ready mixed paint of specified shadeor tint is not available w hite ready mixed paint with approved stainer will be allowed

In such a case the contractor shall ensure that the shade of the paint so allowed shallbe uniform.

44.1.2. All the paints shall meet with the following general requirements(i) Paint shall not show excessive setting in a freshly opened full can and shalleasily be ready spread with a paddle to a smooth homogeneous state. The paintshall show no curdling, levering caking or colour separation and shall be free fromlumps and skins(ii) The paint as received shall brush easily, possess good leveling propertiesand show no running or sagging tendencies(iii) The paint shall not skin with in 48 hours in a three quarters filled closed container

(iv) The paint shall dry to a smooth uniform finish free from roughness, gritunevenness and other imperfections

44.1.3. Ready mixed paint shall be used exactly as received horn themanufacturers and generally according to their instructions and without any admixtureswhatsoever

44.2. (B) Enamel paints:

44.2.1. The enamel paint shall satisfy in general requirements in specification of oilpaints, Enamel paint shall conform to I.S. 2933-1975. 

2.0. Workmanship

2.1. General : The materials required for work of painting work shall beobtained directly from approved manufactures or approved dealer and brought to thesite in maker's drums; kegs. etc. with seal unbroken.

2.1.2. All materials not in actual use shall be kept properly protected, lids ofcontainers shall be kept closed and surface of paint in open or partially open

containers covered with a thin layer of turpentine to prevent formation of skin. Thematerials which have become state or flat due to improper and long storage shall not

Page 123: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 123/190

 

be used. The paint shall be stirred thoroughly in its container before pouring intosmall containers. While applying also, the paint shall be continuously stirred in smallercontainer. No left over paint shall be put back into stock tins. When not in use thecontainers shall be kept properly closed.

2.1.3. If for any reasons, things is necessary, the brand of thinner recommendedby the manufacturer shall be used.

2.1.4. The surface to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted. Allrust, dirt and grease shall be thoroughly removed before painting is started. Nopainting on exterior or other exposed part o the work shall be carried out in wet,dam p or otherwise unfavorable weather and all the surfaces shall be thoroughlydry before painting work is started.

2.2. Application of paint:2.2.1. Brushing operations are to be adjusted to the spreading capacity advised by

the manufacture of particular paint. The paint shall be applied evenly and smoothly bymeans of crossing and laying off. The crossing and laying off consists of covering thearea over with paint, brushing the surface hard for the first time over and then brushingalternately in opposite directions two or three times and then finally brushing lightly ina direction at right angles to the same. In this process, no brush marks shall be leftafter the -laying off is finished. The full process of crossing and laying off willconstitute one coat.

2.2.2. Each coat shall be allowed to dry completely and lightly rubbed with veryfine grade of sand-paper andloose particles brushed off before next coat is applied. Each coat shall varyslightly in shade and shall be got approved from Engineer-in-charge before nextcoat is started.

2.2.3. Each coat the last shall be lightly rubbed down with sand paper of finepumice stone and cleaned of dust before the next coat is applied. No hair m arks fromthe brush of logging of paint puddles in the corners of panels, angles of moldings etc.shall be left on the work.

2.2.4. Special care shall be taken while painting over bolts, nuts, rivets,overlaps etc. Approved best quality brushes shall be used.

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate Painting two coats (including priming coat) on new steel shall includethe cost of all materials, tools and plant required for mixing paint, placing & painting inposition, all required specials and jointing adhesive compound, finishing as per directionof the Engineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses for producing pipe line workof specified diameter to complete the structure or its components as shown on thedrawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

Page 124: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 124/190

 

The rate of Painting two coats (including priming coat) on new steel shall include thecost of all labour, materials tools and plant scaffolding and all incidental expenses asdescribed herein above.

3.2. The Painting two coats (including priming coat) on new steel work shall be

measured for its length and width or Height limiting dimensions to those specified onplan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one running - meter.

3.3. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 121

Providing and fixing P V C water tank with necessary G I fittings and over flowpipe ball valve clamp nipple also including placing on terrace as directed with alllifts

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Providing and fixing P V C watertank with necessary G I fittings, of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawingsand conforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.1. PVC Water tankPVC Water tank of specified capacity and of I.S.I. mark of approved in litters ofapproved make and quality equivalent to syntax product

Net capacity shall be net volume of water stored between the lowest level of overflowand lowest specified level.

1.2. NippleGalvanize pipe nipple shall be of approved make and of best quality Relevantspecification given in Booklet of Building specification shall be applied for the execution

of this item

1.3. Ball valveBall valve shall be of approved make and of best quality. Relevant specification given inBooklet of Building specification shall be applied for the execution of this item

1.4. ConnectionsConnections shall be of approved make and of best quality. Relevant specificationgiven in Booklet of Building specification shall be applied for the execution of this item

2.0 WORKMAN SHIP

Page 125: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 125/190

 

2.1. Tank shall be approved quality and as per IS standard make. Material used inmanufacturing tank shall be confirmed to relevant IS code. The material of tank and leadand fittings which may come in contact of water should be such that it does not impartany taste, colour or odour. It does not have any toxic effect and it does not contaminate

the water. Thereby making it unpotable.

2.2. The tank shall be fixed properly in a level position and making all requirednecessary correction like inlet outlet flushing overflow and air vent. Tank shall besatisfying the standards of public health.

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate of P V C water tank. shall include the cost of all materials, tools and

plant required for fitting, the same to specified position as per drawings, and as directedby Engineer in charge finishing structure, etc, and all other incidental expenses forproducing item of P V C water tank. work to complete the structure or its componentsas shown on the drawings, and as directed by Engineer in charge and according tothese specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing and removing ofall scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of P V C water tank shall include the cost of all labour, materials, tools andplant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

3.2. The P V C water tank shall be measured for its capacity in liters, limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of oneNumber.

3.3. The payment will be made on liter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No.124

Providing and fixing marble stone partition for urinal including making groove onwall and fixing it with cement mortar etc complete Size 150cm x 75 cm and 18 to20 mm thick mirror polished on both sides

General

This work shall consist of Providing and fixing marble stone partition for urinal,of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to these

Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

Page 126: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 126/190

 

1.0 MATERIAL1.1. Marble SLABMarble stone slab shall be of white or of other and of best quality confirming IS 130-1969 and as approved by engineer in charge size of the Marble stone slab shall matchas per provision in the item of Marble slab . type and shape and colour of the Marble

slab shall be approved by Engineer in charge.

1.1.2 Marble slab shall be hard close uniform and homogeneous in texture The shallhave even crystalline grain and free from defects and cracks. The surface shall bemachine polished to an even and perfect plane Surface and edges shall be machine cutin true square shape and size. size of the Marble slab shall be as per requirement ofurinal partition. and shall be in one single piece only.

The slab shall not be thinner than the 18 mm thickness at its thinnest part a fewspecification of finished slab to be used shall be deposited by the contractor in the officefor reference

2.0. WORKMANSHIP2.1. The Marble slab shall be fixed on the wall as and where directed. The Marble slabshall be fixed tight in wall in a deep grove cut in wall by means of electric cuttermachine, and or glaze tiled surface using white cement. During cutting groove in wallglaze tiled surface shall not be damaged, After fixing the Marble slab surface of wallshall be finished with white cement to match the existing surface.

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :3.1. The unit rate Marble slab shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant

required for lifting to required height with all lead and lift, placing & fixing in position, allrequired specials and jointing white cement , finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses for producing Marble slab work ofspecified size to complete the structure or its components as shown on the drawingsand according to these specifications.

3.2. The Marble slab work shall be measured for its width and height limiting tospecified capacity to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unitof one number.

3.3. The payment will be made on square meter basis of the finished work. 

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item no. 126

Wall painting ( three coats) with Acrylic emulsion paint of approved brand and

manufacture on wall surfaces to give an even brushing the surface free frommortar droppings and other foreign matter and sand papered smooth.

Page 127: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 127/190

 

This work shall consist of Wall painting ( three coats) with Acrylic emulsion paint on surface of compound wall of approved brand and manufacture and of approvedshade, of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

Materials

1. 0. WATER

1.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

1.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication ofunsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared withthe result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

1.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

1.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

1.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

1.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

1.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned atregular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organic

matter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

1.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire more than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should notrequired more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS

3025

Page 128: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 128/190

 

Permissible limits (Max)Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/lit

Suspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of structures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may beincreased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

2.0. Acrylic emulsion Paint

2.1. Acrylic emulsion Paint shall be of the approved shade brand and manufactureThe ready mixed paints shall only be used. However, if ready mixed paint ofspecified shade or tint is not available white ready mixed paint with approved stainerwill be allowed In such a case the contractor shall ensure that the shade of the paint soallowed shall be uniform.

2.2. All the Acrylic emulsion Paint shall meet with the following general requirements(i) Acrylic emulsion Paint shall not show excessive setting in a freshly opened fullcan and shall easily be ready spread with a paddle to a smooth homogeneousstate. The paint shall show no curdling, levering caking or colour separation andshall be free from lumps and skins(ii) The Acrylic emulsion Paint as received shall brush easily, possess goodleveling properties and show no running or sagging tendencies(iii) The Acrylic emulsion Paint shall not skin with in 48 hours in a three quarters filledclosed container(iv) The Acrylic emulsion Paint shall dry to a smooth uniform finish free fromroughness, grit unevenness and other imperfections

44.1.3. Ready mixed Acrylic emulsion Paint shall be used exactly as received hornthe manufacturers and generally according to their instructions and without any

admixtures whatsoever

3.0. Workmanship

3.1. Preparation of white wash solution Surface already white or colour. The fat limeshall be slaked as site and shall be mixed and stirred with about five liters of water for1 kg. of unslaked lime to made a trim cream This shall be allowed to stand for d periodof 24 hours and then shall be screened through a clean coarse cloth, 4 Kg. of gumdissolves in hot water shall be added to each cubic meter of lime cream Small quantityof ultramarine blue (Up to 3

gins, per kg. of lim e) shall also-be added to the last two coats of white wash solutionand the whole solution shall be stirred thoroughly before use.

Page 129: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 129/190

 

3.2. Preparation of surface:3.2.1. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, dirt, mortar cropping andother foreign matter before white wash is to be applied.3.2.2. The surface spoiled by smoke soot shall be scrapped with steel wire brushes orsteel scrapers 01 shall be rubbed with over-burnt surkhi or brick bats. The surface shall

be then broomed to remove all dust dirt and shall he washed with clean water.3.2.3. Oil or grease spots shall be removed by suitable chemical and smoothsurface shall be rubber with wire Crushes.3.2.4. All unsound portion of the surface plaster shall be removed to full depth ofplaster in rectangular patches and plastered again after raking the masonry jointsproperly. Such portion shall he wetted and allowed to dry. They shall then be given onecoat of white wash3.2.5. All unnecessary nails shall be removed the holes, cracks, patches etc. shall bemade good with material similar in composition to the surface to be prepared3.3. Scaffolding :Wherever scaffolding is necessary it shall be erected in such a way that as far as

possible on part of scaffolding shall rest against the surface to be white or colourwashed A properly secured strong and well tied suspended platform (Zoola) maybe used for white washing. Where ladders are used pieces of old gunny bags shall betied at top and bottom to prevent scratches to the floors and walls. For white washing ofceilings, proper stage scaffolding shall be erected where necessary.3.4. Application of white wash :3.4.1. On the surface so prepared the white wash shall be applied with 'Moon' brush.The first stroke of the brush shall be from top downwards, another from bottomupwards over the first stroke and similarly one stoke from the right another from theleft, over the first stroke brush before it dries. This w ill form one coat each coatshall be allowed to dry before and uniform finish free from brush marks and it shouldnot com e oft easily when rubbed with finger3.4.2. Splashing and dropping if any on the doors and windows, ventilators etc shall berem oved and the surface cleaned.3.4.3. Priming and Alkali resistant treatments, scraping of surface washing etc.surface spoiled by smoke soot removed of oil and grease spots, treatment forinfection with efflorescence m oulds moos, fungi, algae and lichen and patch repairsto plaster wherever done shall not be paid extra.

4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

4.1. The unit rate painting shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, applying & placing in position, compacting, finishing as per direction of theEngineer-in-charge, curing and all other incidental expenses for producing plaster workof specified thickness to complete the structure or its components as shown on thedrawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

4.2. The rate of painting shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

4.3. The chipping work shall be measured for its length and height, or breath limiting

dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of onesquire meter.

Page 130: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 130/190

 

4.4. The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 127

Providing and fixing Godrej Type Steel cupboards in wall with steel frames andshutters using 18 gauge M.S. steel sheet including necessary fixtures , fasteninglike locks handles, hinges with approved shade of spray painting etc complete asdirectedThis work shall consist of Providing and placing Goadrej type cupboards in walls, ofthe shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to these

Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge 

1. 0 MATERIAL

Readymade steel cupboard frame with M S steel shelves of proper size fromapproved manufacturer

1.1.  Steel cupboard shall be of M S Steel sheets confirming to 18 Gage thickness. Theframe shall be bended in proper and required shape shutter shall be made f 18 GageM S Steel sheets properly fitted with the frame with 150 mm long iron hinges, andchromium Plated handles of 100 mm size Properly fitted with the inside locking system.The steel cupboards shall be provided with necessary shelves of MS steel sheets of 18Guage thickness duly painted with spray paint

1.2 The steel cupboard shall be of quality approved by Engineer in charge and shallgenerally conform to the relevant Indian standard

1.3 The steel cupboard provide shall be with fitted on wall surface in front of Cupboardgap properly to close the gap in wall by drilling holes duly plugged by wooden gutties byappropriate size of screws as approved by Engineer in charge. Necessary shelves ofM S Steel sheets shall be fitted as per requirements and direction of Engineer in charge

1.4. The Necessary fittings like, screws etc, shall be of best quality and makes asapproved by the Engineer-in-charge.

1.4. The entire body of the steel cupboard frame and shutters shall be painted by spraypainting of approved colour on all sides out side and inside as directed by Engineer incharge

2.0. WORKMANSHIP

Fitting

Page 131: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 131/190

 

2.1. When the steel cupboard are to be Fitted, the surface of wall or tiles shall not bedamaged. The steel cupboard shall be fitted on walls carefully by drilling holes insurface of walls or tiled surface of wall carefully to cover entire gap of cupboard

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate of steel cupboard shall include the cost of all materials, tools andplant required for fitting, the same to specified position as per drawings, and as directedby Engineer in charge finishing structure, etc, and all other incidental expenses forproducing item of steel cupboard work to complete the structure or its components asshown on the drawings, and as directed by Engineer in charge and according to thesespecifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing and removing of allscaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of steel cupboard shall include the cost of all labour, materials, fittings asrequired, tools and plant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as described hereinabove.

3.2. The steel cupboard shall be measured for its Length or Width and height,limiting dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unitof one Square meter.

3.3. The payment will be made on square meter basis of the finished work. In allrespect

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 129

Providing plinth protection to building including excavation in ordinary soil 0.20 m in depth and1.00 m wide and laying cement concrete 1 : 4: 8 using brick bats in foundation Layer 0.10 m thickand 1.0 m wide and inter locking 60 mm thick cement concrete tiles on top including rammingfinishing and curing etc complete

General

The item cover Providing plinth protection of specified size having Acrylic louvers as specified andfixing the same in structure at required places in accordance with the details shown on the drawings or asapproved by the engineer in charge.

MATERIALS

1. 1. WATER

1.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and free objectionable quantitiesof silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter and other deleterious material which will eitherweaken the mortar of concrete or cause efflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport

Page 132: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 132/190

 

storage and huddling of water shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

1.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilled water compressionshall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundness time of setting and mortar strength asspecified in I S 269-1976 Any indication of unsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more

or decrease of more than 10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample whencompared with the result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

1.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

1.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction or otherwise interface withthe hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or those which produce objectionable stains or otherunsightly deposits on concrete or mortar surfaces

1.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permited for curing

1.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

1.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned at regular intervals inorder to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organic matter Water from shallow muddy ormarshy surface shall not be permitted The intake pipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass andother solid materials and there shall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

1.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should not require moorethan 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH

(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should not required more than 10ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS 3025

Permissible limits (Max)Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/litChlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of tructures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may be increased up to1000 mg/lit

All samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measures taken wherenecessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements stated herein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

2.0 CEMENT

2.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the prior approval of the

Engineer:

a) Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.

d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

Page 133: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 133/190

 

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

2.2. Cement conforming to IS:269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimum required design

strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cement content of 540 kg/cum. of

concrete.

2.3. Cement conforming to IS:8112 and IS:12269 may be used provided the minimum cement content

mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced. From strength considerations, these

cements shall be used with a certain caution as high early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range

can be achieved by finer grinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium

Silicate and C2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4 weeks

may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strength tests shall be carried out

for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strength considerations.

2.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate and magnesium soleplate are

present in large enough concentration to be aggressive to concrete. The recommended threshold values

as per IS:456 are soleplate concentration in excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03

percent) in ground water. Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essential when thestructure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land using chemical fertilizers and

sites where there are effluent discharges or where soluble soleplate bearing ground water level is high

Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall be carefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the

minimum required design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cement

content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

2.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete products after specific

approval of the Engineer in charge

2.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass of cement also total

sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no case exceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent

when tri-calcium aluminate per cent by mass in up to 5 or grater than 5 respectively

2.3. StorageCement shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as to avoid deterioration orcontamination, Cement shall be stored above ground level in perfectly dry and water tight sheds and shallbe stacked not more than eight bags high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacityshould sufficient to cover to the requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4months

2.4. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily identified and inspected andcement shall be used in the sequence in which it is delivered in any way, during storage shall not be usedin the works and shall be removed from the site by the contractor without charge to the employerThe contractor shall prepare and maintain proper records on site in respect of delivery handling storage

and use of cement and these records shall be available for inspection by the engineer in charge at alltimes2.5. The contractor shall make a monthly return to the engineer in charge on the date corresponding tothe interim certificate date showing the quantities of cement received and issued during the month instock at the end of the month.

3.0 SAND

3.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean well graded, hard strong durable and gritty particular free fromimmures amounts of dust, clay, kankar modules 

3.2. For masonry works sand shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 2116

3.3. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete (PSC) works fine

aggregates shall consist of clean, hard strong and durable prices of crushed stone, crushed gravel orsuitable combination of natural sand crushed stone or gravel, They shall not contain dust lumps soft or

Page 134: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 134/190

 

flaky materials mica or other deleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength and

durability of concrete, or to attack the embedded steel. Motorized sand washing machines should be used

to remove impurities from sand. Fine aggregate having positive alkali-silica reaction shall not be used. All

fine aggregates shall conform to IS L 383 and tests for conformity shall be carried out as per IS : 2386

(Part I to VIII) The contractor shall submit to the Engineer in charge the entire information indicated in

Appendix A of IS : 383. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate shall neither be less than 2.00 nor greaterthan 3.5.

3.4. Sand fine aggregates for structural concrete shall conform to the following grading requirements as

shown in the table below

3.5 Fine Sand: The fineness module shall not exceed 1.0 the sieve analysis of fine sand be as under:

IS. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

Zone I Zone II Zone III

10 mm 100 100 100

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-100

2.3 6mm 60-95 75-100 85-100

1.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100600 MC 15-34 35-59 60-79

300 MC 5-20 8-30 12-40

150 MC 0-10 0-10 0-10

Coarse Sand: The fineness modules of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5 and shall not exceed 3.0.

The sieve analysis of coarse sand be as under:

I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

4.75 mm 100

2.36mm 90 to 100

1.18 mm 70 to 100

600 MC 30 to 100

300 MC 85 to 70

150 MC 00 to 50

4.0. COARSE AGGREGATE

4.1. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete (PSC) workscoarse aggregates shall consist of clean, hard, strong, dense, non –porous and durable pieces of crushedstone, crushed gravel, natural gravel or suitable combination thereof or other approved inert material.They shall not consist pieces of disintegrated stones, soft, flaky, elongated particles, salt, alkali, vegitablematter or other deleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength durability of concrete, orto attack the steel reinforcement. Coarse aggregate having positive alkali silica reaction shall not be used

All coarse aggregates shall conform to IS : 383 and tests for conformity shall be carried out as per IS2386, Parts I to VIII4.2. The contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer in charge, the entire information indicatedin Appendix A of IS : 3834.3. Maximum nominal size of coarse aggregate for various structural components in PCC, RCC, or PSC,shall conform to section 17004.4. The maximum value for flakiness index for coarse aggregate shall not exceed 35 percent The coarseaggregate shall satisfy the following requirements of grading mentioned in table

4.5 Coarse aggregate shall be machine hand broken stone of black trap and hard, strong, dense, durable,clean and free from disintegrated pieces, organic and other deleterious matter.

4.6 The aggregate shall be generally be cubical in shape unless special stones of particular quarries are

mentioned. Aggregate shall be machine crushed from the best black trap. Aggregate shall have no

Page 135: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 135/190

 

deleterious reaction with cement. The size of the coarse aggregate for plain cement concrete and ordinaryreinforced cement shall generally as per the table given below

Table showing grading

IS Sieve size % passing for single sized aggregate of nominal size

40 mm 20mm 12.5 mm

63 mm 100 -- --

40 mm 95 - 100 100 -

20mm 30-70 95-100 10012.50 mm - - 90-10010 mm 10-35 25-55 40-854.75 mm 0-5 0-10 0-10

Note: This percentage shall be varied some what by the Engineer-in-charge when considered necessary

containing better and strength of concrete.

4.3 The grading test shall be taken in the beginning and at the change of source of material as indicatedin I.S. 383-1970 and I.S. 456-1978. Aggregate shall be stored separately and handled in such a manner

so as to prevent the intermixing diff aggregate if the aggregate are covered with dust, they shall be

washed with water to make them clean.

4.4 All materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration of their quality and fitness for the work.

Any material which has deteriorated or has been damaged or is otherwise considered defective by the

Engineer-in-charge shall not be used in the work. The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to

prevent admixture of foreign materials. Different size of fine or coarse aggregate shall be stored in

separate stock-piles sufficiently away from the each other to prevent intermixing the materials.

5.0. inter locking 80 mm thick cement concrete tiles

5.1 Pre-cast cement concrete pavers blockspre-cast cement concrete tiles shall be of approved size brand and make as approved by Engineer incharge

5.2 The size shape and design of pre-cast pavers blocks shall generally be as per manufacturers productor as directed by the Engineer in charge and Architect

5.3 The pre-cast cement concrete  pavers blocks shall satisfy the tests as regards traverse strengthresistance to wear and water absorption

5.4 The colour size shape and design of the pre-cast cement concrete pavers blocks shall be directed byEngineer Or Architect

5.5. The pre-cast cement concrete pavers blocks shall be of best quality as approved by the Engineer Incharge. They shall be flat and true to shape. They shall be free form cracks, crazing spots, chipped edgesand corners. The glazing shall be of uniform shade.

6.0. Workmanship

6.1. Excavation

Page 136: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 136/190

 

5.1.1 Any soil which comprise to top soil, turf, sand, silt, loan, clay, mud peat black cotton soil, softshale or loose soil / murum, a mixture of this and similar material which generally yields to the ordinaryapplication of pick. Spade and or shovel rack or other ordinary digging implement. Removal of gravel orany other nodular material having dimension in any one direction not exceeding 75 mm occurring in suchstrata shall be deemed to be covered under this category.

6.1.2. The classification of excavation shall be decided by the Engineer in charge and his decision shallbe final and binding on the contractor, merely the use of explosives in excavation will not be consideredas a reason for higher classification unless blasting is clearly necessary in the opinion of the Engineer incharge

6.1.3. All excavation shall be carried out in conformity with the directions laid here-in-under and in amanner approved by the Engineer in charge. The work shall be so done that the suitable materialsavailable form excavation are satisfactorily utilized as directed upon beforehand.

6.1.4. While planning or executing excavations the contractor shall take all adequate precautions againstsoil erosion, water pollution etc. as per clause 306 and take appropriate drainage measures to keep thesite free of water in accordance with clause 311.

6.1.5. The excavations shall conform to the lines, grades, side slopes and levels shown on the drawingsor as directed by Engineer in Charge The contractor shall not excavate outside the limits of excavation.Subject to the permitted tolerances, any excess depth which excavated beyond the specified levelsdimensions on the drawings shall be made good at the cost of contractor with suitable material ofcharacteristics similar to that removed and compacted to the requirements of clause 305.

6.1.6. All debris and loose material on the slopes of cuttings shall be removed no back filling shall beallowed to obtain required slopes excepting that when boulders of soft materials are encountered in cutslopes, these shall be excavated to approved depth on instruction of the Engineer in Charge and theresulting cavities filled with suitable material and thoroughly compacted in an approved manner.

6.1.7. After excavation, the sides of excavated area shall be trimmed and the area contoured to minimizeerosion and pounding, allowing for natural drainage to take place. If trees were removed, new trees shall

be planted as directed by Engineer in Charge. The cost of planting new trees shall be deemed to theincidental to the work.

6.1.8. Excavation for structures shall consist of the removal of material for the construction of Buildings, inaccordance with the requirements, of these specifications and the lines and dimensions shown on thedrawings or as indicated by the Engineer-in-charge. The work shall be include all necessary sheeting,shoring, bracing, draining and pumping and the removal of all logs, stumps, shrubs and other deleteriousmatter and obstruction necessary for the foundations, trimming bottoms of excavations; back filling andclearing up the site and the disposal of all surplus material.

6.1.9. The depth to which the excavation is to be carried out shall be is shown on the drawings, unless the

type of material encountered is such as to required changes, in which case the depth shall be as ordered

by the Engineer-in-charge.

6.1.10. Excavation shall be taken to the width of the lowest step of the footing. The contractor at his own

expense shall put up necessary shoring, strutting and planking or cut slopes to a safer angle or both with

due regard to the safety of personal and works and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

6.1.11. Where water is met with in excavation due to stream flow, seepage, springs, rain or other reasons,

the contractor shall take adequate measures such as bailing pumping, to keep the foundation trenches

dry when so required and to protect the green concrete/ masonry against damage by erosion or sudden

rising of water level. The methods to be adopted in this regard and other details thereof shall be left to the

choice of the contractor but subject to approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Approval of the Engineer-in-

Page 137: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 137/190

 

charge shall, however not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for the adequacy of dewatering, and

production arrangements and for the quality and safety of the works.

6.1.12. Pumping from the interior of any foundation enclosure shall be done in such a manner as to

preclude the possibility of movement of water through any fresh concrete. No pumping shall be permitted

during the placing of concrete or for any period of at least 24 hours thereafter, unless it is done from asuitable sump separated from the concrete work by a water tight wall or other similar means.

6.1.13. The bottom of the foundation shall be leveled both longitudinally and transversely or stepped as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Before foundation concrete is laid, the surface shall be slightly

watered and rammed. In the event of excavation having been made deeper than that shown on the

drawings or as otherwise ordered by the Engineer-in-charge, the extra depth shall be made up with

concrete or masonry of the foundation grade, at the cost of the contractor. Ordinary filling shall not be

used for the purpose to bring the foundation to level if there are any slips or blows is the excavation, these

shall be removed by the contractor at his own cost.

6.1.14. Near towns, villages and all frequented places, trenches and foundation pits shall be securely

fenced, provided with proper caution sings and marked with red lights at night to avoid accidents. Thecontractor shall take adequate protective measures to see that the excavation operations do not affect or

damage adjoining structures 

6.1.15. Back filling shall be done with approved materials after concrete or masonry is fully set and carried

out in such a way as not to cause undue thrust on any part of the structure. All space between foundation

masonry or concrete and the sides of excavation shall be refilled to the original surface, making due

allowance for settlement in 250mm.loose layers, which shall be watered and compacted.

6.1.16. All the excavated materials shall be the property of the Government. Where the excavated

material is to be used in the filling of plinth, it shall be directly deposited at the required location, within 100

meters lead.

6.1.17. All useful materials not intended for use in the filling, shall be stacked neatly on Government land

as directed by the Engineer-in-charge within 100 meters lead. Unsuitable and surplus materials not

intended for use shall be disposed off as directed by the Engineer-in-charge

6.1.18 CLEANING SITE

The site on which the structure is to be built be cleaned and all obstructive loose stone materials andrubbish of all king bush wood and trees shall be removed as directed The material so obtained shall beproperty of the Government and shall be conveyed and stacked as directed within 50 mt. lead. The rootsof the trees coming in the sides shall be cut and coated with a hot asphalt.

6.1.19. After the site has been cleared as per clause 201,the limits of excavation shall be set out true to

lines, curves, slops, grades and sections as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-

charge. The contractor shall provide all labour, survey instruments and materials such as strings, pegs,

nails, bamboos, stones, lime, mortar, concrete etc. required in connection with the setting out of works

and the establishment of bench mark, centre line stones and other marks and stakes as long as in the

opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, they are required for the work. 

6.1.20. The excavation in foundation shall be carried out in true line and level and shall have the widthand depth as shown in the drawings or as directed. The contractor shall do the necessary shoring andshutting or providing necessary slopes to a safe angle, at his own cost. The payment for such

precautionary measures shall be paid separately if not specified. The bottom of the excavated area shallbe leveled both longitudinally and transversely as directed by removing and watering as required no earthfilling will be allowed for brining it to level. If by mistake or any excavation is made deeper or wider than

Page 138: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 138/190

 

that shown on the plan or directed. The extra depth or width shall be made up with concrete of sameproportion as specified for the foundation concrete at the cost of the contractor. The excavation up to1.5m depth shall be measured under this item.

6.1.21. The rate of side clearance is deemed to be included in the rate of earth work for which no extra willbe paid.

6.1.22. SETTING OUT

After clearing the site the centre lines will be given by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shallassume full responsibility for alignment, elevation and dimension of each and all parts of the workContractor shall supply labours materials etc. required for setting out the reference marks and benchmarks and shall maintain them as long as required and directed.

6.1.23. DISPOSAL OF THE EXCAVATED STUFF

6.1.24. The excavated stuff of the selected type shall be used in filling the trenches and plinth or levelingthe ground in layers including ramming and watering etc.

6.1.25 The balance of the excavated quantity shall be removed by the contractor from the site of work toa place as directed with lead up to 50 M and all lift.

6.2. Workmanship for cement concrete 1:4:8

6.2.1 Before stating concrete the bed of foundation trenches shall be cleared of all loose materials leveledwatered and rammed as directed.

6.2.2 The ordinary concrete mix shall generally be specified by volume. For cement which normally comesin bags and is used by weight, volume shall be worked out taking 50 kg of cement as 0.035 cubic meter involume. While measuring aggregate by volume, shaking, ramming or hammering shall not be done.Proportioning of sand shall be as per its dry volume. In case it is dump, allowance for "bulking" shall bemade as per IS: 2386 (Part-III).

6.2.3. Transporting & Placing the Concrete:The concrete shall be handed from the place of mixing to the final position in not more than 15 minutes bythe method as directed and shall be placed into its final position compacted and finished within 30 minutesof mixing with water i.e. before the setting commences.

6.2.4 The method of transporting and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer-in charge.

Concrete shall be so transported and placed so that no contamination, segregations or loss of its

constituent material takes place. All form work and reinforcement contained in it shall be cleaned and

made free from standing water, dust, snow or ice immediately before placing of concrete. No concrete

shall be placed in any part of the structure until the approval of the Engineer-in-charge has been obtained.

6.2.5. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in-charge, concrete shall not be dropped into place

from a height exceeding 2 meters. When chutes are used they shall be kept clean and used in such a way

as to avoid segregation. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has hardened, it shall be

roughened, kept clean, thoroughly wetted, and covered with a 13 mm. thick layer of mortar composed of

cement and sand in the same ratio as in the concrete mix itself. This 13 mm. layer of mortar shall be

freshly mixed and placed immediately before placing of new concrete. Where concrete has not fully

hardened, all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing the wet surface with wire or bristle brushes, care

being taken to avoid dislodgement of any particles of coarse aggregate. The Surface shall then be

thoroughly wetted, all free water removed, and the coated with neat cement grout. The first layer of

concrete to be placed on this surface shall not exceed 150 mm. in thickness, and shall be well rammed

against old work particular attention being given to corners arid Close spots.

Page 139: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 139/190

 

PROPORTION OF MIX

6.2.6. The proportion of cement sand and coarse aggregate shall be one part of cement. 3 parts of sandand 6 parts of stone aggregates and shall be measured by volume

Note: The proportions of the aggregates shall be adjusted from higher limit to lower limit progressively as

the grading of the fine aggregates becomes finer and the maximum size of coarse aggregate becomeslarger

Example:- For an average grading of the fine aggregate (that is Zone II of S:383-1963) the proportions

shall be 1: 11/2, 1:2 ,and 1:3 for maximum size of aggregates 10mm, 20mm and 40mm.respectively (after

carrying out sieve analysis).

6.2.7 MIXING: Enough water shall then be added gradually and the mass turned over till a mix of required consistency isobtained. In case of hand mixing quantity of cement shall be increased by 10 per cent above thatspecified. The quantity of water shall be just sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workabilityfor the purpose

6.2.8. The concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer. At the site of work Hand mixing may howeverbe allowed for smaller quantity of work if approved by the Engineer-in-charge. When hand mixing ispermitted by the Engineer-in-charge in case of break down of machineries and in the interest of the work.Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned before putting ina new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to be the Engineer in-charge, the first batch of concrete from themixer shall contain only two thirds of normal quantity of coarse aggregate. Mixing plant shall be thoroughlycleaned before changing from one type of cement to another. .

6.2.9. Mixing shall be done on a smooth watertight platform large enough to allow efficient turning over theingredients of concrete before and after adding water, Mixing platform shall be so arranged so that noforeign material shall get mixed with concrete nor does the mixing water flow out.

6.2.10. Cement in required number of bags shall be placed in a uniform layer on top of the measuredquantity of fine and coarse aggregate, which shall also be spread in a layer of uniform thickness on themixing platform,

6.2.11. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the approval being given, it shall have to be obtainedagain from the Engineer-in-charge. Concreting being given it shall proceed continuously over the Areabetween construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete which has been inposition for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed. Concrete shall becompacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer unless carried in properlydesign agitators, operating continuously, when this time shall be within 2 hours of the addition of cementto the mix and within 30 minutes of its discharge from the agitator. Except where otherwise agreed to bethe Engineer-in-charge, concrete shall be deposited in horizontal layers to a compacted depth of not morethan 0.4-S-metre when internal vibrators are used and not exceeding 0.30 meter in all other cases

6.2.12. For heavily reinforced concrete members as in the case of ribs of main beams nominal maximum

size of aggregate shall usually be restricted to size. less than the minimum lateral clear distance between

the main bars or. Less than the minimum cover to the reinforcement, whichever is the smaller only black

trap type of coarse aggregate should be used 

6.2.13 FORM WORK IF REQUIRED: 

6.2.14 Formwork shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the concrete,

together with all temporary construction required for their support.

Formwork shall however be divided into following two distinct categories.

Page 140: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 140/190

 

(1) Shuttering i.e. formwork required for forming the concrete.

(2) Scaffolding i.e. formwork required for supporting shuttering.

6.2.15. Forms for shuttering shall be constructed only in metal suitably lined. Forms for scaffolding shall

be constructed of metal or timber. Both shuttering and scaffolding shall be or substantial rigid construction

and shuttering shall be true to shape and dimensions shown on the drawings. All bolts and rivets shall becounter-sunk and well ground to provide a smooth, plane surface.

6.2.16. Forms shall be mortar-tight and shall be made sufficiently rigid by the use of ties and bracings to

prevent any displacement or sagging between supports. They shall be strong enough to withstand all

pressure, ramming and vibration, without deflection from the prescribed lines occurring during and after

placing the concrete. Screw jacks or hard wood wedges where required shall be provided to make up any

settlement in the formwork either before or during the placing of concrete. Suitable camber shall be

provided in horizontal members of structure, especially in long spans to counteract the effects of any fixed

as to provide for such Forms shall be so constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired

sequence, without damaging the surface of concrete or disturbing other sections. Unless otherwise

specified or directed, chambers or fillets of sizes 25mm x 25mm shall be provided at all angles offormwork to avoid sharp comers.

6.2.17. The inside surface of shuttering shall, except in the case of permanent formwork or where

otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in-charge, be coated with an approved material to prevent adhesion

of concrete to the formwork. Release agents shall be applied strictly in accordance with the manufacture's

instructions dud shall not be allowed to come into contact with any reinforcement or pre-stressing tendons

and anchorages. Different release agents shall not be used in formwork for concrete which will be visible

in the finished works.

6.2.18 Special measures shall be taken to ensure than the formwork does not hinder the shrinkage of

concrete because without these cracking could occur before the. Formwork is removed. Wherever

applicable arrangements must be made to ensure that the formwork does not restrain the shortening and

hogging of the beams or slabs during tensioning of the tendons. The formwork should take due account of

the calculated amount of positive or negative camber so as to ensure the correct final shape of the

structures having regard to the deformation of a false work, scaffolding or propping and the deformation

due to various causes affecting priestesses structures. Where there are re-entrant angles in the concrete

sections the formwork should removed at those sections as- soon as possible after the concrete has set in

order to avoid cracking due to shrinkage of concrete. Formwork shall be tight enough to prevent any

appreciable loss of cement during vibrations suitable tolerances should be provided in the form work,

immediately before concreting all forms shall be throughway cleaned. Contractor shall give the Engineer -

in-charge due notice before placing any concrete in the forms to permit him to inspect and accept the

false work and formwork as to their strength alignment and general fitness, but such inspection shall not

relieve the contractor of his responsibility for safety of men, machinery, materials and for results obtained.

6.2.19 The Engineer-in-charge shall be informed in advance be the contractor of his intention to strike any

formwork. While fixing the time for removal of formwork, due consideration shall be given to local

conditions, character of he structured, the weather and other conditions that influence the setting of

concrete and of the materials used in the mix. Where field operations are controlled by strength tests of

concrete, the removal of the load-supporting or suffix forms may commence when concrete has attained

strength equal to at least twice the stress to which the concrete will be subjected at the time of striking

props including the effect of any further addition of loads. When field operations are not controlled by

strength tests of concrete the vertical forms of beams, columns and walls may be removed after 2 days.

The props of slabs and beams may be removed after 14 and 21 days respectively. All formwork shall be

removed without causing any damage to the concrete. Centering shall be gradually and uniforml8y

Page 141: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 141/190

 

lowered in such a manner as to permit the concrete to take stresses due to its own weight uniformly and

gradually. Where internal metal ties are permitted, they or their removable parts shall be extracted without

causing any damage to the concrete and remaining holes filled with 1l!ortar.No permanently embedded

metal part shall have less than 25mm.cover to the finished concrete surface. Where it is intended to

refuse the formwork, it be cleaned and made good to the satisfaction of the Engineer -in-charge.

6.2.20. Immediately after the removal of forms, all exposed bars or bolts passing through the cement

concrete member and used for shuttering or any other purpose shall be cut inside the cement concrete

member to a depth of at least 25 mm. below the surface of the concrete and the resulting holes be filled

by cement mortar. All fins caused by form joints, all cavities produced by the removal of form ties and all

other holes and depressions, honeycomb spots, broken edges or corn and other defects, shall be

thoroughly cleaned & saturated with water and carefully pointed and rendered true with mortar of cement

and fine aggregate mixed in the proportions used in the grade of concrete that is being finished and of as

dry as consistency as is possible to use, Considerable pressure shall be applied in filling and pointing to

ensure thorough. Filling in all Surfaces which have been pointed shall be kept moist for a period of four

hours. If rock honeycombs, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge are of such an character as to affect

the strength of the structure materially or to endanger: the life of the steel reinforcement, he may declarethe concrete defective and require the removal and replacement of the portions of the structure affected.

In the case of reinforced concrete work workability shall be such that t e concrete and properly grips all

reinforcement. The degree of consistency which shall depend upon the nature of work and methods of

vibration of concrete shall be determined by regular slump, tests. Following slump shall be adopted for

different types of works.

6.2.21. Works strength tests shall be made in accordance with IS: 516.Each test shall be conducted on

ten specimens, five of which shall be tested at seven days and the remaining five at 28 days. The sump of

concrete shall be taken on each day of concreting and cubes shall be made at the rate of one for every 5

cubic meter of concrete or a part thereof However, if concreting done in a day is less than 15 cubic meter,

the minimum number of cubes can be reduced to 6 with the specific permission of the Engineer-in-charge.Similar works tests shall be carried out whenever the quality and grading of materials is charted

irrespective of the quantity of concrete proud. The number of specimens may be suitably increased as

deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charge when procedure of tests given above reveal a poor quality

of concrete and in other special cases.

6.2.22. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than the specified

works cube-strength.20 per cent of the cubes cast for each day may have values less than the specified

strength, provided the lowest value is not less. than 85 per cent of the specifies strength.

6.2.23. R.C.C. work shall have exposed concrete surface .Centering design and its erection shall

approved by the .Engineer in charge. One carpenter with helper will invariably be kept present throughoutthe period of concreting. Movement of labour and other persons shall be totally prohibited over

reinforcement laid in position. For access to different parts, suitable mobile platforms shall provided so

that steel reinforcement in positions no disturbed. For ensuring proper cover, motor blocks of suitable size

shall be cast and tied to the reinforcement. Timber kapchi of metal pieces shall not be used for this

purpose. Concreting of important structural members shall always be done in the presence and inductee

supervision of departmental. person-not below the rank of Assistant Engineer/ Additional Assistant

Engineer , Work Assistant or as instructed by the Engineer in charge .After removal of form work checks

that concrete produced is of good quality .Plastering shall no be allowed to the expressed faces of

concrete.

6.2.24 Segregation.

Page 142: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 142/190

 

When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has hardened, it shall be roughened, swept,

clean, thoroughly wetted and covered with a 13 mm. thick layer of mortar shall be freshly mixed and

placed immediately before placing of' new concrete. Where concrete has not fully hardened, allegiance

shall be removed by scrubbing the well surface with wire or bristle brushes, care : being taken to avoid

dislodgement of any particles of coarse aggregate. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted, with neat

cement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on the Is surface shall not exceed 150mm.inthickness, and shall be well rammed against old work particular attention being given to corners and close

spots.

Curing :

6.2.25 Immediately after compaction, concrete shall. be protected against harmful effects of weather,including rain, running water, shocks, vibration, traffic, rapid temperature charges, frost and driving outprocess shall be covered with wet jute bags or the similar absorbent material approved by the Engineer-in-charge soon after the initial set, and shall be kept continuously wet for a period of not less than 14 daysfrom the date of placement. Masonry work over- the foundation concrete may be started after 48 hours ofits laying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a minimum period of 14 days.

6.2.26After the final set, the concrete shall be kept continuously wet if required by pounding for a period ofnot less then 7 days form the date of placement. Hard and bitter water shall not be used for curing  

6.3. Workmanship for interlocking tiles 80 mm thick

6.3..1 The pre-cast cement concrete pavers blocks shall be laid on a layer 10 cm thick brick bats and a 60

cm thick layer of coarse sand The slope in the floors shall be provided in the sub grade . The base layer

shall be properly watered, rammed and consolidated. Before laying the pavers blocks, it shall be moisture.

Plinth masonry offset shall be depressed so as to allow the sub grade concrete to rest on it.

6.3..2 Pre-cast cement concrete pavers blocks of approved quality shape and design and shall be laid

evenly to level and slope as directed by Engineer in charge over a bed of a base layer consisting of 60mm

thick sand layer

6.3..3 Laying: The pre-cast cement concrete tiles shall be laid in plain, diagonal or other pattern as

directed. The concrete blocks shall be laid properly and set home by gentle taping.

7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

7.1. The unit rate of plinth protection shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant. The work shallbe carried as per drawings, and as per general specification of various items specified above. The work

shall be carried out as per detailed drawings of the structure or its components as shown on the drawings

and according to these specifications and instructions. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing

and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of plinth protection work shall include the cost of all labour, materials tolls, plants and all

incidental expenses as described herein above.

7.2. The plinth protection work shall be measured for its finished length, limiting dimensions to thosespecified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one running meter.

7.3. The payment will be made on running meter basis of the finished work.

Page 143: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 143/190

 

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No. 130

Providing and fixing 5 CM Diameter M.S. pipe railing fixed at 15 CM centre tocentre interval welded to 65 x 65 x 6 mm angle and fixed in walls with necessaryhold fast including priming coat and 2 coats of oil painting etc complete asdirected1.0. MATERIAL

1.0. STRUCTURAL STEEL

1.1. Square pipes

The square pipes shall be of 40 mm size weight of the square pile shall not be less then2.30 kg / mt .For horizontal members 20 mm size of square pipes shall be used weigh of

which shall not be less then .60 kg / mt.

1.2. All structural steel shall confirm I S 226 – 1985. The steel shall be free from thedefects mentioned in IS 226-1975 and shall have a smooth finish. The material shall befree from loose mill scale rust pits or other defects affecting the strength and durability

2.0. OIL PAINTS

2.1. Oil paint shall be of specified colour and as approved by the Engineer in charge Theready mix paints shall only be used however, if ready mixed paint of specified shade ortint is not available white ready mixed paint with approved strainer will be allowed in

such a case the contractor shall ensure that the shade of the paint so allowed shall beuniform

2.2. All paints shall meet with the following general requirements

2.3 The paint shall not show excessive setting in a freshly opened full can and shalleasily be redistricted with a paddle to a smooth homogeneous shade

2.4. The paint shall show no curdling levering caking or clolour separation and shall befree from lumps and skins

2.5. The paint shall not skin within 48 hours in a three quarters filled closed container

2.6. The paint shall dry to a smooth uniform finish free from roughness grit unevennessand other imperfections

2.7. Ready missed paint shall be used exactly as received from the manufacturers andother imperfections

2.8. Enamel paints shall satisfy in general requirements in specification of oil paintsEnamel paint shall confirm to I S 2933-1975

Page 144: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 144/190

 

3.0. WORKMAN SHIP

3.1. The railing shall be so welded that welding spots does not appear on the surface.All welding spots shall be grinded by a machine grinder to give a smooth surface

3.2. The railing shall be fabricated in true shape and angles meeting the shape of thelocation where it is to be fitted

3.3. When railings are supplied by the contractor test certificate of the manufacturersshall be obtained according to IS 226-1975 and other relevant Indian standards

3.4. The railing shall be fitted in position as mentioned in drawing and as directed byEngineer in charge. after railing is fitted in wall or concrete by means of hold fasts etcthe wall of concrete shall be finished with necessary cement mortar work etc complete

4.0. PAINTING WITH COLOUR

4.1. Material required for work of painting work shall be obtained directly from approvedmanufacturers or approved dealer and brought to the site in maker's drums. Kegs. etc.in sealed and unbroken condition.

4.2. All materials not in actual use shall be kept properly protected lids of containersshall be kept in closed and surface of the paint in open or partially open containerscovered with a thin layer of turpentine to prevent formation of skin

4.3. The material which have become state or flat due to improper and long storageshall not be used

4.4. the paint shall be stirred thoroughly in its container before purring into smallcontainers

4.5. While applying also the paint shall be continuously stirred in smaller container,

4.6. No left over paint shall be put back into stock tins When not in use the containershall be kept properly closed

4.7. If for any reason thins is necessary the brand of thinner recommended by themanufacture shall be used

4.8. The surface to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted All rust dirt andgrease shall be thoroughly removed before painting is started No painting on exterior orother exposed part of the work shall be carried out in wet damp or otherwiseunfavorable weather and all the surfaces shall be thoroughly dry before painting work isstarted.

4.9. Application of paint

4.9.1. Brushing operations are to be adjusted to the spreading capacity advised by themanufacturers of particular paint The paint shall be applied evenly and smoothly by

Page 145: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 145/190

 

means of crossing and laying off. The crossing and laying off consists of covering thearea over with paint, brushing the surface hard for the first time over and then brushingalternatively in apposite direction two or three times and then finally brushing lightly in adirection at right angles to the same in this process no brush marks shall be left after thelaying off is finished The full process of crossing and laying off will constitute one coat.

4.9.2. Each coat shall be allowed to dry completely and lightly rubbed with very finegrade of sand paper and loose particles brushed off before next coat is applied Eachcoat shall very slightly in shade and shall be got approved from Engineer in chargebefore next coat is started.

4.9.3. Each coat shall be lightly rubbed down with sand paper of fine pumice stone andcleaned of dust before the next coat is applied No hair marks from the brush of cloggingof paint puddles in the corners of panels, angles of moldings etc.

4.9.4. Special care shall be taken while painting over bolts nuts rivets overlaps etc

Approved best quality brushes shall be used for painting work

5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

5.1. The unit rate of M S Railing shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plantrequired for fabrication, fitting the same to specified position as per drawings, finishing,painting with three coats including priming coat, etc, and all other incidental expensesfor producing M S Railing work to complete the structure or its components as shown onthe drawings and according to these specifications. They shall also include the cost ofmaking, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

5.2. The rate of M S Railing shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools and plantscaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

5.3. The plaster work shall be measured for its length and height, limiting dimensionsto those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter

5.4. The payment will be made on square meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 131

Providing and laying 3 mm thick multiwall easy clean polycarbonate sheet of themake M/s G E Plastic India Ltd of approved colour & patern for dome includingMild steel structural sections frame work painted two coats of oil painting withpriming coat to be errected on cut out at tarrace level as & where directed byEngineer in Charge including all labour , material etc complete

Material

Page 146: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 146/190

 

1.0. Coloured easy clean polycarbonate sheet for roofing

Coloured easy clean polycarbonate sheet shall be corrugated sheets of approvedmake and manufacture as approved by Engineer in charge The length and width ofsheets shall be as directed by the Engineer in Charge and J or L hook bolts limpet

washer with white lead and galvanized washers

2.0 Workmanship

2.1. The sheets shall be laid on perlins to a true plane with the line of corrugations trulyparallel or normal to the sides of area to be covered The sheets shall ot generally bebuilt into gables and parapets They shall be bent up to along their side edges close tothe wall and the junction shall be protected by suitable flushing or by projection dripcourse

2.2. The laps at the end shall be provided 150 mm minimum for roof slopes 1 in 2 ( 1

vertical : 2 Horizontal ) and steeper but 200 mm shall be provided for flater slopes thanthose above The sides lap shall be provided tow ridges of corrugations at each side

2.3. The sheets shall be cut to the dimensions or the shape of the roof either along theirlengths or their width or in slant across the line of corrugations at hips and valleys Thesheets shall be laid such that the laps are turned away form the usual direction of localheavy rain

2.4. Fixing sheetsSheet shall be fixed to the prulins or other roof members such as hips or valley rafter etcwith J or L galvanized hook bolts, and galvanized nuts 8 mm diameter bitumen limpetwashers and G I washers Limpet washers with white lead shall be used length of hookbolt shall be varied to suit the site requirements Bolts shall be sufficiently long so thatafter fixing the project above the top of their nuts by no less than 12 mm the grip of J orL hook bolts on the sides of purlins shall not be less than 25 mm There shall beminimum of three hooks bolts placed at the ridge of corrugations in each sheet in everypurlin and their spacing shall not exceed 300 mm Coach screw shall not be used forfixing the sheets to purlin where the slopes of roof are not less than 2 ½ degree ( 1vertical and 2.1/2 horizontal) sheets shall be jointed together at the side laps bygalvanized iron bolts and nuts 25 mm x 6 mm size each bolt with a bitumen and G Ilimpet washer filled with white lead Where the overlaps at the sides extend to two

corrugations these bolts shall be placed zig – zag over lapping corrugations so that theends of the overlapping sheets are drawin tightly towards ezdh othr The spacing of thesame bolts shall not exceed 600 mm along ezch of the staggered rows

2.5. Holes for the bolts shall be drilled and not punched in the ridges of the corrugationsfrom the under side While the sheets are on the ground The holes in sheet shall be atleast 50 mm from the edge Sheets drilled wrongly shall be rejected The holes in thewashers shall be of the exact diameters of the hook bolts or the beam bolts The nutsshall be tightened from abovae to give a leak proof roof

3.0 Mode of Measurement & Payment :

Page 147: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 147/190

 

The unit rate of easy clean polycarbonate sheet roofing shall include the cost of allmaterials, like coloured corrugated fiber sheets, J or L bolts washers etc and fixing it intrue line level and slope as shown in drawing and as instructed by Engineer in charge,all tools and plant required for assembling and fixing in position, finishing as perdirection of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses for preparing

roofing or its components as shown on the drawings and according to thesespecifications. They shall also include the cost of making etc as required

The easy clean polycarbonate sheet roofing shall be measured for its length andbreadth limiting dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall befor a unit of one square meter.

The payment will be made on square Meter basis of the finished work.

The rate shall be for a unit of one square meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 145

Drilling of 200 mm dia bore in over burden strata in hard and rock information byDTH rig including lowering of pipes and vertically and testing etc including testingwith Ben meter

GENERALThe work shall consist of Drilling of 165 mm diameter bore hole for 175 / 200 mmdiameter ERW/UPVC pipe up to required depth in over burden strata (maximum up to30 meters or up to the depth and further drilling of 165 mm diameter bore hole inremaining rocky or sandstone strata up to 100 mtr. Depth or as suggested by Geologist / Hydrologist

Only trained personnel shall be employed for construction and supervision

1.0 DRILLING

1.1 Drilling of 215mm diameter bore hole for 175/ 200 mm diameter ERW/UPVC pipe upto required depth in over burden strata (maximum up to 30 meters or up to the depth assuggested by Engineer in Charge or Geologist / Hydrologist) and further drilling of 165mm diameter bore hole in remaining rocky or sandstone strata up to 100 meter Depth orsuggested by Geologist / Hydrologist. The drilling shall be done by the down the holehammer type drilling Rig & lowering 175/200 mm diameter ERW/UPVC Pipes, Bore capshall have to be provided by the Contractor Free of Cost. The carting of pipes and other

materials etc. shall be carried out by contractor with all lead and lift to the site of work athis own cost.

Page 148: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 148/190

 

1.2. Drilling work shall be carried out at the sites directed by the Engineer in Charge.The diameter of the hole shall be 200 mm in over burden strata and 165mm diameter inRocky & Sandstone strata up to over all specified depth of 100 meters or as persuggested by Engineer in Charge or Geologist / Hydrologist. The Drilling shall be carried

out in over burden strata up to maximum 30 Meters or up to the depth as suggested byEngineer in Charge or Geologist / Hydrologist. If further drilling can not be done due tooverburden up to 30 meters, or in rocky & Hard or Sandstone strata due to Mechanicalfailure up to specified depth the drilling shall have to be stopped in consultation withEngineer-in- charge and no payment shall be made for such drilling carried out by theContractor.

1.3. The 175/200mm diameter ERW / UPVC pipes should be lowered by the contractorin over burden strata. Contractor as desired by the Engineer in charge will carry out the  jointing of pipes. Necessary jointing materials, steel bended plates etc. should beprovided by the Contractor at his own cost.

2.0 DRILLING OPERATION

2.1. The Drilling operation for drilling of Bores should be carried out by suitable rig tosatisfy following.

2.2. For Drilling Through overburden:

1. The diameter of the bore in the over burden shall be sufficient for insection of175/200mm diameter ERW/UPVC casing pipes with the joints and leaving sufficientannular space for grouting the casing pipe with sticky clay or local soil etc. Annularspace between bore hole and casing pipe should be filled up with sticky clay on localmaterials etc

2. After completion of overburden strata, the bore should drilled up to 0.15 meters. Inrocky Hard/Sandstone strata So that casing pipes can be properly embedded in theRocky Hard/Sandstone formation.

3. After the casing pipe is embedded in the rock, the same is to be ground withmaterials like sticky clay or local materials etc. so, as to avoid leaking of drain waterin the bore.

4. Drilling of 200 mm diameter bore in over burden strata is compulsory up to 30 mtrs.Or as directed by Engineer in Charge or as suggested by geologist Hydrologist.(A) For Drilling Through Rock :

2.3. Bore though rocks shall be of 165mm diameter and the total depth from the groundlevel of the bore shall up to 100 meters. or as per the recommendation of theHydrologist /Jr. Geologist.

3.0. LOWERING OF CASING PIPES

Page 149: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 149/190

 

3.1. Casing pipes shall be properly socketed welded & forewed so as to ensure acontinuous length lowered through the over burden, so as to reach at least 0.15meter. Inside the hard rock. The length of casing pipes should be kept such that atleast 0.30 meters. remains projected above the Ground Level After completion of the

work at site the top of the casing pipes shall have to be closed either by a screwedor by welded cap plug (if required for HP Installation ) unless pump is fittedimmediately after completion of the bore.

3.2. The casing pipe shall be lowered in such a manner so that it remains vertical so asto ensure installation of pump.1. After completion of the bore the Contractor shall have to arrange for testing the yield

of the bore by " V" notch at his own cost in presence of the Engineer in charge orhis authorized representative. No extra payment shall be made for such testing.

2. The depth of bore to be drilled as per the recommendation of Jr. GeologistHydrologist shall be less or more depth. If the bore required to be drilled beyond the

specific depth 100 meters. The contractor shall be bound to carry out such work atthe rate mentioned in "Schedule : B ".

3. All the tools and tackles or plants and other suitable machinery required for work fordrilling developing gauging etc. for the Tube well shall be provided by the Contractorat his own cost at the site of work.

4. Is case of any item not covered by the specifications stated herein the Contractorshall carry out such work strictly, according to written instructions of Engineer incharge, which will be binding to the contractor and shall have to carry out such workat Departmental Schedule. The rate shall be mutually agreed up on, however thedecision of the Engineer in charge will be final.

5. During the Drilling Operation, if the water bearing strata found at a depth lesserthan estimated depth the Executive Engineer or his representative shall haveauthority to instruct the Contractor to stop the work for reduction in the quantity of thework, the Contractor shall not be eligible for any compensation.

6. If the bore is required to be drilled above the specified depth the Contractor shall bebound to carry out such additional work including drilling providing and lowering ofcasing pipes as may be necessary. The relevant specification regarding drillingproviding and lowering pipe, taking yield test and strata sample etc. shall also applyin case of such additional work. The rates for a additional work be paid as per therate fixed.

7. Lowering and fixing of housing and casing shall be carried out in workman like

manner. The contractor shall be responsible for workman compensation in case ofany accident. In case of dispute or overlooked items the decision of the concernedExecutive Engineer shall be final and binding to the Contractor.

8. No further drilling of bore wells is allowed, if more than two bores will remainuntested at a time. This clause will be applicable without any prejudice (i.e.compensation for delay)

9. The contractor shall clear the site before of the work and after completion of thework and shall hand over the bore with final finishing of the work. As directed by theEngineer in charge which shall have to be done by the Contractor at his own cost.

10. The approach roads to site of work may be Kachha roads and contractor shall haveto make his own arrangements for repairing of the road and maintain the same for

transporting his materials and equipment at his cost which shall be utilized by thedepartment for inspection etc. purpose.

Page 150: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 150/190

 

11. The list of the locations, where bore well are to be drilled will be provided onfinalization of Tender and Similarly, the actual site of work will be given to thecontractor by the Geologist or Engineer-in – charge from the respective Mechanicaldivision Sub Division.

12. If a well is rejected on account of faulty workmanship or negligence on the part of the

Contractor as well as if the verticality is not within the permissible limit the bore shallbe rejected and the Contractor shall have to drill a new bore including loweringpipes etc. at his own cost.

13. If, further drilling can not be carried out due to encountering the sticky clay or overburden beyond limits (i.e. beyond 30 meters.) or in rocky / sandstone up to specified  / suggested depth in a such a case the decision of the Engineer in Charge orrecommendation of Hydrologist will be binding to the Contractor as finalized byEngineer in Charge and or Geologist / Hydrologist.

14. The Contractor will have to make arrangement at his own cost for cleaning of borehole, if filled up by clay, sand, dust & boulders etc.

15. If bore is not completed up to design/ recommended depth due to Mechanical failure

or any other reason, no payment shall be made for such abandoned bore.16. On completion of drilling work up to the required depth, the bore is to be developed

and cleaned by suitable capacity air compressor up to the sand free discharge or forminimum one hour.

17. The Contractor will have to make arrangement at his own cost for …..(A) Rig Vehicles, Machineries etc.(B) Facilities for moving bulky materials.(C) Realizing the Transporting Materials.(D) Keeping in custody Department Materials until finally taken over by the office –in-

charge of the work.(E) Repairing to the damages caused in the process of the executing works.(F) Approach road to the site.

4.0. MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :4.1. Drilling work shall be measured in its depth for each class of strata, limited to thedimensions shown on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. drilling overincreased diameter or depth shall be deemed as convenience for the contractor inexecuting the work and shall not be measured and paid for separately.

2.2. The contract under rate for the items of excavation for structures shall be paid in fullfor carrying out the required operations including:

2.3. Setting out and fixing bench marks and centre lines stones.

2.4. Removal of all logs, stumps, grubs and other deleterious matter and obstructions forplacing the foundations including trimming of bottoms of excavations

2.5. Foundation sealing, dewatering including pumping;

2.6. All labour, materials, tools equipment, safeguards and incidentals necessary tocomplete the work to the specification.

2.7. drilling work shall be for soil such as vegetation or organic soil, turf, sand, silt, loam,clay, mud, black cotton soil, soft shale or soft murrum, required drilling equipment

Page 151: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 151/190

 

2.4. The drilling work shall be measured for its depth, limiting dimensions to thosespecified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 146

(Drilling of bore in bard strata of 200 mm dia depth beyond 30 mt

GENERALThe work shall consist of drilling of 250 mm diameter bore hole in hard stratafor 175 / 200 mm diameter ERW/UPVC pipe up to required depth in over burden strata

(maximum up to 30 meters or up to the depth and further drilling of 165 mm diameterbore hole in remaining rocky or sandstone strata up to 100 mtr. Depth or as suggestedby Geologist / HydrologistOnly trained personnel shall be employed for construction and supervision

1.0 Ramming

5. After completion of overburden strata, the bore should drilled up to 0.15 meters. Inrocky Hard/Sandstone strata So that casing pipes can be properly embedded in theRocky Hard/Sandstone formation.

6. After the casing pipe is embedded in the rock, the same is to be ground withmaterials like sticky clay or local materials etc. so, as to avoid leaking of drain waterin the bore.

3.0. LOWERING OF CASING PIPES

3.2. Casing pipes shall be properly socketed welded & forewed so as to ensure acontinuous length lowered through the over burden, so as to reach at least 0.15meter. Inside the hard rock. The length of casing pipes should be kept such that at

least 0.30 meters. remains projected above the Ground Level After completion of thework at site the top of the casing pipes shall have to be closed either by a screwedor by welded cap plug (if required for HP Installation ) unless pump is fittedimmediately after completion of the bore.

3.2. The casing pipe shall be lowered in such a manner so that it remains vertical so asto ensure installation of pump.18. After completion of the bore the Contractor shall have to arrange for testing the yield

of the bore by " V" notch at his own cost in presence of the Engineer in charge orhis authorized representative. No extra payment shall be made for such testing.

19. The depth of bore to be drilled as per the recommendation of Jr. Geologist

Hydrologist shall be less or more depth. If the bore required to be drilled beyond the

Page 152: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 152/190

 

specific depth 100 meters. The contractor shall be bound to carry out such work atthe rate mentioned in "Schedule : B ".

20. All the tools and tackles or plants and other suitable machinery required for work fordrilling developing gauging etc. for the Tube well shall be provided by the Contractorat his own cost at the site of work.

21. Is case of any item not covered by the specifications stated herein the Contractorshall carry out such work strictly, according to written instructions of Engineer incharge, which will be binding to the contractor and shall have to carry out such workat Departmental Schedule. The rate shall be mutually agreed up on, however thedecision of the Engineer in charge will be final.

22. During the Drilling Operation, if the water bearing strata found at a depth lesserthan estimated depth the Executive Engineer or his representative shall haveauthority to instruct the Contractor to stop the work for reduction in the quantity of thework, the Contractor shall not be eligible for any compensation.

23. If the bore is required to be drilled above the specified depth the Contractor shall bebound to carry out such additional work including drilling providing and lowering of

casing pipes as may be necessary. The relevant specification regarding drillingproviding and lowering pipe, taking yield test and strata sample etc. shall also applyin case of such additional work. The rates for a additional work be paid as per therate fixed.

24. Lowering and fixing of housing and casing shall be carried out in workman likemanner. The contractor shall be responsible for workman compensation in case ofany accident. In case of dispute or overlooked items the decision of the concernedExecutive Engineer shall be final and binding to the Contractor.

25. No further drilling of bore wells is allowed, if more than two bores will remainuntested at a time. This clause will be applicable without any prejudice (i.e.compensation for delay)

26. The contractor shall clear the site before of the work and after completion of thework and shall hand over the bore with final finishing of the work. As directed by theEngineer in charge which shall have to be done by the Contractor at his own cost.

27. The approach roads to site of work may be Kachha roads and contractor shall haveto make his own arrangements for repairing of the road and maintain the same fortransporting his materials and equipment at his cost which shall be utilized by thedepartment for inspection etc. purpose.

28. The list of the locations, where bore well are to be drilled will be provided onfinalization of Tender and Similarly, the actual site of work will be given to thecontractor by the Geologist or Engineer-in – charge from the respective Mechanical

division Sub Division.29. If a well is rejected on account of faulty workmanship or negligence on the part of theContractor as well as if the verticality is not within the permissible limit the bore shallbe rejected and the Contractor shall have to drill a new bore including loweringpipes etc. at his own cost.

30. If, further drilling can not be carried out due to encountering the sticky clay or overburden beyond limits (i.e. beyond 30 meters.) or in rocky / sandstone up to specified  / suggested depth in a such a case the decision of the Engineer in Charge orrecommendation of Hydrologist will be binding to the Contractor as finalized byEngineer in Charge and or Geologist / Hydrologist.

31. The Contractor will have to make arrangement at his own cost for cleaning of bore

hole, if filled up by clay, sand, dust & boulders etc.

Page 153: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 153/190

 

32. If bore is not completed up to design/ recommended depth due to Mechanical failureor any other reason, no payment shall be made for such abandoned bore.

33. On completion of drilling work up to the required depth, the bore is to be developedand cleaned by suitable capacity air compressor up to the sand free discharge or forminimum one hour.

34. The Contractor will have to make arrangement at his own cost for …..(G) Rig Vehicles, Machineries etc.(H) Facilities for moving bulky materials.(I) Realizing the Transporting Materials.(J) Keeping in custody Department Materials until finally taken over by the office –in-

charge of the work.(K) Repairing to the damages caused in the process of the executing works.(L) Approach road to the site.

4.0. MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :4.1. Drilling work shall be measured in its depth for each class of strata, limited to the

dimensions shown on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. drilling overincreased diameter or depth shall be deemed as convenience for the contractor inexecuting the work and shall not be measured and paid for separately.

2.2. The contract under rate for the items of excavation for structures shall be paid in fullfor carrying out the required operations including:

2.3. Setting out and fixing bench marks and centre lines stones.

2.4. Removal of all logs, stumps, grubs and other deleterious matter and obstructions forplacing the foundations including trimming of bottoms of excavations

2.5. Foundation sealing, dewatering including pumping;

2.6. All labour, materials, tools equipment, safeguards and incidentals necessary tocomplete the work to the specification.

2.7. drilling work shall be for soil such as vegetation or organic soil, turf, sand, silt, loam,clay, mud, black cotton soil, soft shale or soft murrum, required drilling equipment

2.4. The drilling work shall be measured for its depth, limiting dimensions to those

specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 147

Providing and lowering of 150 mm dia PVC casting pipe in over burden strata asper IS 4985

General

Page 154: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 154/190

 

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing lowering of 150 mm dia PVC pipeas directed by the Engineer in charge.

Lowering of PVC 150 mm dia pipe  shall be done using all required tools and plantincluding labour charges required for the same only skilled persons shall be applied for

this work Lowering shall be done at the risk and cost of the contractor in case ofaccidental dropping of the pump in bore hole the same shall be either pull out form thebore at the risk and cost of contractor or shall be replaced at the risk and cost of thecontractor

2.0 WORKMAN SHIP

2.1. PVC 150 mm dia pipe shall be lowered by contractor using only skilled personsand using most suitable tools and plant as directed by the Engineer in charge anydamate or loss of material will be at the risk and cost of the contractor. Before joiningwith column pipe the rreads of each pipe and coupling shall be checked carefulluy the

pump shall be connected with electrical control panel board using suitable wire switchesand other necessary electrical parts including testing with GEB's Test report

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate of Lowering of PVC 150 mm dia pipe shall include the cost of allmaterials, tools and plant required for fitting, the same to specified position as perdrawings, and as directed by Engineer in charge finishing structure, etc, and all otherincidental expenses for producing item of Lowering of PVC 150 mm dia pipe work tocomplete the structure or its components as shown on the drawings, and as directed byEngineer in charge and according to these specifications. They shall also include the

cost of making, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of Lowering of PVC 150 mm dia pipe shall include the cost of all labour,materials, tools and plant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as described hereinabove.

3.2. The Lowering of PVC 150 mm dia pipe shall be measured for its Length, limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of oneNumber.

3.3. The payment will be made on running meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 148

Providing and lowering of 150 mm dia PVC slotted pipe etc complete

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing lowering of 150 mm dia PVC slottedpipe as directed by the Engineer in charge.

Page 155: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 155/190

 

Lowering of PVC 150 mm dia slotted pipe shall be done using all required tools andplant including labour charges required for the same only skilled persons shall beapplied for this work Lowering shall be done at the risk and cost of the contractor incase of accidental dropping of the pump in bore hole the same shall be either pull out

form the bore at the risk and cost of contractor or shall be replaced at the risk and costof the contractor

2.0 WORKMAN SHIP

2.1. PVC 150 mm dia slotted pipe shall be lowered by contractor using only skilledpersons and using most suitable tools and plant as directed by the Engineer in chargeany damate or loss of material will be at the risk and cost of the contractor. Before joining with column pipe the reads of each pipe and coupling shall be checked carefulluythe pump shall be connected with electrical control panel board using suitable wireswitches and other necessary electrical parts including testing with GEB's Test report

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate of Lowering of PVC 150 mm dia slotted pipe shall include the cost ofall materials, tools and plant required for fitting, the same to specified position as perdrawings, and as directed by Engineer in charge finishing structure, etc, and all otherincidental expenses for producing item of Lowering of PVC 150 mm dia pipe work tocomplete the structure or its components as shown on the drawings, and as directed byEngineer in charge and according to these specifications. They shall also include thecost of making, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of Lowering of PVC 150 mm dia slotted pipe shall include the cost of all labour,materials, tools and plant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as described hereinabove.

3.2. The Lowering of PVC 150 mm dia slotted pipe shall be measured for its Length,limiting dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unitof one Number.

3.3. The payment will be made on running meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No. 149

Providing and fixing bore cap suitable to 150 mm ida MS Pipe

1.0 MATERIAL

1.1. Bore cap

Page 156: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 156/190

Page 157: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 157/190

 

1.3. Specifiction of item no 9.4.1 of Electrical S O R Item form specification booklet ofElectrical work shall be followed for this item

2.0 WORKMAN SHIP

2.1. Submersible pump set shall be approved quality and as per IS standard make.Material used in manufacturing tank shall be confirmed to relevant IS code. The

2.2. The Submersible pump set shall be fitted and installed properly in a desiredposition and making all required necessary connection as specified and as directed bythe Engineer in charge

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate of Submersible pump set shall include the cost of all materials, toolsand plant required for fitting, the same to specified position as per drawings, and asdirected by Engineer in charge finishing structure, etc, and all other incidental expensesfor producing item of Submersible pump set work to complete the structure or itscomponents as shown on the drawings, and as directed by Engineer in charge andaccording to these specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing andremoving of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of Submersible pump set shall include the cost of all labour, materials, toolsand plant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

3.2. The Submersible pump set shall be measured for its Number, limiting dimensionsto those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one Number.

3.3. The payment will be made on number basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 151

Supplying and installing mono block centrifugal pump as per IS standardincluding foot valve reflux valve S V Pressure gauge starter volt meter and

capacitor and base plate with tools etc complete of 5 HP capacityGeneral

Page 158: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 158/190

 

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Supplying and installing of 3.5H.P. Monoblock pumping machinery having capacity 110 to 125 L.P.M. against thetotal head 100 Mt.

1.4. Monoblock pump set

1.5. Monoblock pump set of specified capacity and of I.S.I. mark of approved brandand make and quality shall be supplied

1.6. Specification of item no 9.4.2 of Electrical S O R Item form specification bookletof Electrical work shall be followed for this item

2.0 WORKMAN SHIP

2.1. Monoblock pump set shall be approved quality and as per IS standard make.

Material used in manufacturing tank shall be confirmed to relevant IS code. The

2.2. The Monoblock pump set shall be fitted and installed properly in a desiredposition and making all required necessary connection as specified and as directed bythe Engineer in charge

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate of Monoblock pump set shall include the cost of all materials, toolsand plant required for fitting, the same to specified position as per drawings, and asdirected by Engineer in charge finishing structure, etc, and all other incidental expenses

for producing item of Monoblock pump set work to complete the structure or itscomponents as shown on the drawings, and as directed by Engineer in charge andaccording to these specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing andremoving of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of Monoblock pump set shall include the cost of all labour, materials, toolsand plant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

3.2. The Monoblock pump set shall be measured for its Number, limiting dimensionsto those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one Number.

3.3. The payment will be made on number basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No.152

Providing and fixing check or non return pully wheel valve of 40 mm diameter

Page 159: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 159/190

 

General

This work shall consist of Providing and fixing non return Fully wheel valve of 40mm diameter. (E) 40 mmof the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge

1. 0 MATERIAL

1.0 non return Fully wheel valve of 40 mm diameter 

1.1. non return Fully wheel valve of 40 mm diameter  of specified 15 mm diameternominal bore shall conform to I.S. 781-1977 The Bib Cock shall be best Indian makeand quality .

1.2 non return Fully wheel valve of 40 mm diameter

 shall be chromium polished of bestquality.

1.3 A non return Fully wheel valve of 40 mm diameter is a draw off tap with a horizontalinlet and free outlet. A stop cock is a valve with a suitable means of connection ofinsertion in a pipe line for controlling or stopping the flow.

1.4 They shall be screw down type and or brass chromium plated and of diameter asspecified in the description of the item. They shall conform to I.S 781-1977 and theyshall be of best Indian make. They shall be polished bright.

1.6. The Necessary galvanized fittings like Nipple, Casing etc, of best quality and makesas approved by the Engineer-in-charge. required for specified dia. bore Check or nonreturn full way wheel valveshall be used for fitting Bib cock as necessary .

2.0. WORKMANSHIP

Curing, Laying & Jointing

2.1. When the Check or non return Fully wheel valve of 40 mm diameter  are to beFitted, the ends shall be carefully filed out so that no obstruction to bore in offered. TheBib cock shall be fitted with pipes carefully in such a manner as will not result in

slackness of joints when the two pieces are screwed together

2.2 In jointing the Check or non return Fully wheel valve of 40 mm diameter the inside ofthe socket and the screwed end of the Check or non return full way wheel valve shall beoiled and smeared with the white or red lead and wrapping around with a few turns offine spun yarn round the screwed end of the Bib cock. The end shall then be tightlyscrewed in the socket, Tees etc with a pipe wrench Care shall be taken that all items arefree from dust, dirt and rust during fixing Burr from the joints shall be removed afterscrewing After laying the open ends of the non return full way wheel valve shall betemporarily plugged to prevent excess of water soil or any other foreign matter.

2.3. Any threads exposed after jointing shall be painted or in the case of undergroundpiping thickly coated with approved anti corrosive paint to prevent corrosion

Page 160: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 160/190

 

TESTING OF JOINTS

After fitting, the Bib cocks shall be inspected under working conditions of pressure andflow. Any joints found liken shall be redone, and all leaking non return fully wheel valve

of 40 mm diameter shall be removed and replaced without extra cost.

The Bib cocks after they are fitted shall be tested to hydraulic pressure of 6 kg / sq. cm.The Bib cock shall be slowly and carefully charged with water allowing all air to escapeand avoiding all shock and water hammer. The draw off takes and stop cock shall thenbe closed and specified hydraulic pressure shall be applied gradually. The Bib cocksshall be tested in sections as the work laying proceeds, veeping the joints exposed forinspection during the testing.

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate of non return Fully wheel valve of 40 mm diameter valve shall includethe cost of all materials, tools and plant required for fitting, the same to specified positionas per drawings, and as directed by Engineer in charge finishing structure, etc, and allother incidental expenses for producing Bib cock work to complete the structure or itscomponents as shown on the drawings, and as directed by Engineer in charge andaccording to these specifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing andremoving of all scaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of non return Fully wheel valve of 40 mm diameter shall include the cost of alllabour, materials, G I fittings as required, tools and plant scaffolding and all incidentalexpenses as described herein above.

3.2. The non return Fully wheel valve of 40 mm diameter shall be measured for itsNumber, limiting dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall befor a unit of one Number.

3.3. The payment will be made on number basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of new building for RTO office at Ahmadabad

Item No 155

( C) Cement sealing by means of mud lump Without cost of cement

GeneralThis work shall consist of Cement sealing by means of mud lump Without cost ofcement

of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge. 

Page 161: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 161/190

 

MATIRIALS1.0. ERW Blank pipe

1.1. sealing of bore shall be done as directed by engineer in charge and as directed by

geologist

2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

2.1. The unit rate Cement sealing shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plantrequired for mixing, placing & fixing in position, all required specials, finishing as perdirection of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other incidental expenses for producingCement sealing work of specified diameter to complete the structure or its componentsas shown on the drawings and according to these specifications. They shall also includethe cost of making, fixing and removing of all scaffolding and forms required for thework.

The rate of Cement sealing line shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools andplant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

2.2. The Cement sealing work shall be measured for its job limiting dimensions tothose specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one running -meter.

2.3. The payment will be made on job basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 156

Development of each water bearing zone coming across the depth of tube well bylowering 100mm dia drop line & 32 mm dia GL air line with suitable capacity aircompressor for min 06 running hours till the availability of sand free discharge

GeneralThis work shall consist of Development of each water bearing zone of the shape anddimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to these Specifications or asapproved by the Engineer in charge. 

MATIRIALS

1.0. Development of each water bearing zone

1.1. Development of each water bearing zone shall be done as directed by engineerin charge and as directed by geologist

2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

Page 162: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 162/190

 

The rate of Development of each water bearing zone line shall include the cost of alllabour, materials tools and plant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as describedherein above.

2.2. The Development of each water bearing zone work shall be measured for its job limiting dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unitof one running - meter.

2.3. The payment will be made on job basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 157

Charages of air compressor of 900 ofm /200 psi capasity for minimum 6 runninghours, 06 running hours

GeneralThis work shall consist of Charges of air compressor of 900 of /200 psi capacity ofthe shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge. 

MATIRIALS

1.0. Charges of air compressor

1.1. Charges of air compressor shall be paid by contractor as directed by engineer incharge and as directed by geologist

2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

The rate of Charges of air compressor line shall include the cost of all labour,

materials tools and plant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as described hereinabove.

2.2. The Charges of air compressor work shall be measured for its job limitingdimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of onerunning - meter.

2.3. The payment will be made on job basis of the finished work.

Page 163: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 163/190

 

Name of Work : Construction of new building for RTO office at Ahmadabad

Item No 158

(a) Supply of 200 mm dia ERW blank pipes as per relevant IS of min 5.7 mm

thickness as per GWSSB R/C

GeneralThis work shall consist of Providing of 250 mm dia ERW Blank pipe of the shape anddimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to these Specifications or asapproved by the Engineer in charge. 

MATIRIALS1.0. ERW Blank pipe

1.1. The ERW Blank pipe of specified diameter shall conform to I.S. 3076-1968.

The specials and fittings required shall be of best quality.and without any defect withluster surface

2.0. Workmanship

2.1. ERW Blank pipe of specified diameter shall be lowered as directed. Due tothermal expansion of rigid ERW Blank pipe, due allowance shall be madeparticularly in under ground ERW Blank pipe lines for any change in length of pipeline which may occur during installation or when pipe line which may occur duringinstallation or when pipe line is in service.

2.2. The ERW Blank pipe lines should not be kept exposed above ground when itpasses through public places, railway lines, road side and foot paths.

2.3. ERW Blank pipe shall be supported at the following intervals : -20 mm. dia500 mm . -25 mm. dia 750.mm. -32 mm. dia.900 mm. 2.5. Closer supportspacing shall be provided if recommended by the manufacture.

2.4. The guide lines indicated by the manufacturer regarding handling, transportation,storing, laying and jointing pf pipes shall be kept in view during execution.

2.7. ERW Blank pipe shall be fixed on wall with wooden plugs and suitable plasticclamps.

2.8. Jointing the pipes :

2.8.1. The pipes and sockets shall be accurately cut. The ends of the pipes andfittings should be absolutely free from dirt and dust. The outside surface of the pipesand the inside of the fittings shall then be roughened with emery paper, and thensolvent cement joint. Since solvent cement is aggressive to P V.C. care must

be taken to avoid applying excessive cement to the inside of pipe sockets asany surplus cem ent cannot be wiped of after jointing. Empty solvent cement tins,

Page 164: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 164/190

 

brushes, rags, or paper impregnated with cement should not be buried in thetrenches. They should be gathered not left scattered about, as-they can prove to be ahazard to animals, w hich may chew them.

2.8.2. If any manufacturer recommends its own methods of jointing the same

shall be adopted after necessary approval from the Engineer-in-charge.

2.0 WORKMAN SHIP

2.1. The ERW Blank pipe of specified diameter shall be fixed as directed by Engineer incharge.

2.2. Due allowance shall be made for thermal expansion of rigid ERW Blank pipe in allpipe lines for any change in length of pipe line which may occur during installation orwhen pipe line is in service

2.3. ERW Blank pipe line shall be jointed with the use of necessary solutions andfittings as directed by Engineering in charge

2.4. The joints of the ERW Blank pipe lines shall be filled with adhesive solution ofapproved make as directed by Engineer in charge

2.5. The pipe shall be in full length as per manufacturers specified length

2.6. All ERW Blank pipe shall be fitted on wall face at location indicated on drawings oras directed by Engineer in charge

2.7. The ERW Blank pipe shall be secured to face of wall below joints by MS clamps ofapproved quality and make with wooden gutties using 10 cms long iron nails

2.8. One third depth of annular space between the socket and spigot shall be filled withspn Yarn soaked in bismuthic jointing compound of approved make and shall bepressed home by means of caulking tool and shall be finished smooth.

2.9 All ERW Blank pipe shall have wire ball over carded or cowel When ventilatingpipes are carried in pipe shaft the shaft shall be of minimum size of 1 meter If the shaft

are also used to give light and air to road the ventilating pipes must be carried out to ahorizontal distance at roof line not less than five meter from the site of the shaft

2.11. ERW Blank pipe above perfect shall be fixed with clamps and stage The clamsshall be made from 1.5 mm thick M S Flats and 3 cm width bend to required shapefitted with iron nails It shall be formed of semi circular pieces with flanged end on bothsides with holes to fit in the nails screws or bolts and nuts 400 mm dia

3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :

3.1. The unit rate ERW Blank pipe shall include the cost of all materials, tools and plant

required for mixing, placing & fixing in position, all required specials and jointingadhesive compound, finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge, and all other

Page 165: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 165/190

 

incidental expenses for producing pipe line work of specified diameter to complete thestructure or its components as shown on the drawings and according to thesespecifications. They shall also include the cost of making, fixing and removing of allscaffolding and forms required for the work.

The rate of ERW Blank pipe line shall include the cost of all labour, materials tools andplant scaffolding and all incidental expenses as described herein above.

3.2. The ERW Blank pipe work shall be measured for its length limiting dimensions tothose specified on plan or as directed. The rate shall be for a unit of one running -meter.

3.3. The payment will be made on running Meter basis of the finished work.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No.159

Providing and laying Ready mix cement concrete M-250 Trimix Road 250 mmthick including curing etc complete over prepared sub base including mixingplasticizer Conplast p 211 @ 100 ml per bag of cement including mixing RelianceRecron 3-S fiber @ 125 Mg per bag providing and fixing centering of M S channelsof 100 mm x 50 mm as per required level slope, Grade and 100 mm thickness ofconcrete road incuding leveling of placed concrete with surface vibratorsfinishing surface with power floater and trowel light booming on the surfaceincluding providing and filling expansion joint using asphalt 12 mm thick asphaltfiller joints as per manufacturers specifications and making construction joint of 3mm x 20 mm by using concrete cutter machine etc complete as directed

General

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Ready mix  cement concrete ofdesired grade, obtained by a any company approved by Engineer in charge  for RCCWork in foundation and footing of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawingsand conforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

Prior to the start construction the contractor shall design the mix in case of design mixconcrete or propose nominal mix in case of nominal mix concrete and submit to theEngineer in charge for approval the proportions of materials including admixtures to beused water reducing admixtures ( Including plasticizers or super plasticizers ) may beused at the contractors option subject to the approval of Engineer in charge Other typesof admixtures shall be prohibited unless specifically permitted by the Engineer in charge

Ready mix concrete batching plant of any company recommended by the Engineer Incharge shall be of appropriate capacity

Ready mix concrete batching plant of any company recommended by the Engineer In

charge shall be situated at recommended distance form the site of work

Page 166: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 166/190

 

Ready mix concrete batching plant of any company recommended by the Engineer Incharge shall equipped with sufficient numbers of 7 cum capacity transit mixers to supplythe material continuously during the construction

The specification and contents of the material shall match with the mix design

.Only black trap type of coarse aggregate shall be used.

1.0 MATERIAL1. 1. WATER

1.1 Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean reasonably clear and freeobjectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil injurious alkalis salts organic matter andother deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar of concrete or causeefflorescence or attack the steel in R C C container for transport storage and huddling ofwater shall be clean, Water shall confirm to the standard specified in I S 455 -1978

1.2. If required by the Engineer in charge it shall be tested by comparison with distilledwater compression shall be made by means of standard cement tests for soundnesstime of setting and mortar strength as specified in I S 269-1976 Any indication ofunsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more or decrease of more than10 percent strength of mortar prepared with distilled water sample when compared withthe result obtained with mortar prepared with distilled water shall be sufficient cause forrejection of water under test.

1.3 Water for curing mortar concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or too alkaline

1.4 It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction orotherwise interface with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

1.5 Hard and bitter water and sea water shall not be permitted for curing

1.6 Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete

1.7. Storage Water shall be stored in containers/ tanks covered at top and cleaned at

regular intervals in order to prevent intrusion by foreign matter or growth of organicmatter Water from shallow muddy or marshy surface shall not be permitted The intakepipe shall be enclosed to exclude silt, mud grass and other solid materials and thereshall be a minimum depth of 0.60 m on water below the intake at all times

1.8. As a guide following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values

(a) to neutralize 200 ml sample of water using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should notrequire more than 2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH(b) To neutralize 200 ml of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should notrequired more than 10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl

(c) the permissible limits for solids shall be as follows when tested in accordance with IS3025

Page 167: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 167/190

 

Permissible limits (Max)Organic 200 mg/litInorganic 3000 mg/litSoleplates (SO4) 500 mg/lit

Chlorides (Cl) 500 mg/litSuspended matter 2000 mg/lit

In case of structures of length 30 m and below, the permissible limit of chlorides may beincreased up to 1000 mg/litAll samples of water (including potable water shall be tested and suitable measurestaken where necessary to ensure conformity of the water to the requirements statedherein.

(d) The pH value shall not be less than 6

Water used for curing should be free from any contamination

2.0 CEMENT

2.1. Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types with the priorapproval of the Engineer:

a) Ordinary Portland cement, 33 Grade, conforming. to IS:269. 

b) Rapid Hardening Portland cement, conforming to 1S:8041.

c) Ordinary Portland cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS: 8112.d) Ordinary Portland cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS: 12269.

e) Soleplate Resistant Portland cement, conforming to IS: 12330.

2.2. Cement conforming to IS: 269 shall be used only after ensuring that the minimum

required design strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible

cement content of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

2.3. Cement conforming to IS: 8112 and IS: 12269 may be used provided the minimumcement content mentioned elsewhere from durability considerations is not reduced.

From strength considerations, these cements shall be used with a certain caution ashigh early strengths of cement in the 1 to 28-day range can be achieved by finergrinding and higher constituent ratio of C3S/C2S, where C3S is Tri-calcium Silicate andC2S is Dicalcium Silicate In such cements, the further growth of strength beyond say 4weeks may be much lower than that traditionally expected. Therefore, further strengthtests shall be carried out for 56 and 90 days to fine tune the mix design from strengthconsiderations.

2.4. Cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium soleplate andmagnesium soleplate are present in large enough concentration to be aggressive toconcrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS: 456 are soleplateconcentration in excess of 0.2 per cent in soil substrata or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in

ground water. Tests to confirm actual values of soleplate concentration are essentialwhen the structure is located near the sea coast, chemical factories, agricultural land

Page 168: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 168/190

 

using chemical fertilizers and sites where there are effluent discharges or where solublesoleplate bearing ground water level is high Cement conforming to IS:12330 shall becarefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum requireddesign strength can be achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cementcontent of 540 kg/cum. of concrete.

2.5. Cement confirming to IS 8041 shall be used only for pre cast concrete productsafter specific approval of the Engineer in charge

2.6. Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement also total sulfur content calculated as sulfuric anhydride (SO3) shall in no caseexceed 2.5 per cent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminates per cent by mass in upto 5 or grater than 5 respectively

3.0 SAND3.1 Sand shall be natural sand, clean well graded, hard strong durable and gritty

particular free from immures amounts of dust, clay, kankar modules 

3.2. For masonry works sand shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 2116

3.3. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete(PSC) works fine aggregates shall consist of clean, hard strong and durable prices ofcrushed stone, crushed gravel or suitable combination of natural sand crushed stone orgravel, They shall not contain dust lumps soft or flaky materials mica or otherdeleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength and durability ofconcrete, or to attack the embedded steel. Motorized sand washing machines should beused to remove impurities from sand. Fine aggregate having positive alkali-silicareaction shall not be used. All fine aggregates shall conform to IS L 383 and tests for

conformity shall be carried out as per IS : 2386 (Part I to VIII) The contractor shallsubmit to the Engineer in charge the entire information indicated in Appendix A of IS :383. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate shall neither be less than 2.00 nor greaterthan 3.5.3.4. Sand fine aggregates for structural concrete shall conform to the following gradingrequirements as shown in the table below3.5 Fine Sand: The fineness module shall not exceed 1.0 the sieve analysis of fine sandbe as under:

IS. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

Zone I Zone II Zone III

10 mm 100 100 100

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-1002.3 6mm 60-95 75-100 85-1001.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100600 MC 15-34 35-59 60-79300 MC 5-20 8-30 12-40150 MC 0-10 0-10 0-10

3.6 Coarse Sand: The fineness modules of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5 andshall not exceed 3.0. The sieve analysis of coarse sand be as under:I. S. Sieve Designation % by wt. passing

4.75 mm 1002.36mm 90 to 100

Page 169: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 169/190

 

1.18 mm 70 to 100600 MC 30 to 100300 MC 85 to 70150 MC 00 to 50

4.0. COURSE AGGREGATE

4.1. For plain and reinforced cement concrete (PCC and RCC) or pre stressed concrete(PSC) works coarse aggregates shall consist of clean, hard, strong, dense, non –porousand durable pieces of crushed stone, crushed gravel, natural gravel or suitablecombination thereof or other approved inert material. They shall not consist pieces ofdisintegrated stones, soft, flaky, elongated particles, salt, alkali, vegetable matter orother deleterious materials in such quantities as to reduce the strength durability ofconcrete, or to attack the steel reinforcement. Coarse aggregate having positive alkalisilica reaction shall not be used All coarse aggregates shall conform to IS : 383 and

tests for conformity shall be carried out as per IS 2386, Parts I to VIII4.2. The contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer in charge, the entireinformation indicated in Appendix A of IS : 3834.3. Maximum nominal size of coarse aggregate for various structural components inPCC, RCC, or PSC, shall conform to section 17004.4. The maximum value for flakiness index for coarse aggregate shall not exceed 35percent The coarse aggregate shall satisfy the following requirements of gradingmentioned in table

4.5 Coarse aggregate shall be machine hand broken stone of black trap and hard,strong, dense, durable, clean and free from disintegrated pieces, organic and otherdeleterious matter.

4.6 The aggregate shall be generally be cubical in shape unless special stones ofparticular quarries are mentioned. Aggregate shall be machine crushed from the bestblack trap. Aggregate shall have no deleterious reaction with cement. The size of thecoarse aggregate for plain cement concrete and ordinary reinforced cement shallgenerally as per the table given below

Table showing grading

IS Sieve size % passing for single sized aggregate of nominal size

40 mm 20mm 12.5 mm63 mm 100 -- --40 mm 95 - 100 100 -20mm 30-70 95-100 10012.50 mm - - 90-10010 mm 10-35 25-55 40-854.75 mm 0-5 0-10 0-10

Note: This percentage shall be varied some what by the Engineer-in-charge whenconsidered necessary containing better and strength of concrete.

Page 170: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 170/190

 

4.7 The grading test shall be taken in the beginning and at the change of source ofmaterial as indicated in I.S. 383-1970 and I.S. 456-1978. Aggregate shall be storedseparately and handled in such a manner so as to prevent the intermixing diff aggregateif the aggregate are covered with dust, they shall be washed with water to make themclean.

4.8 All materials shall be stored as to prevent their deterioration of their quality andfitness for the work. Any material which has deteriorated or has been damaged or isotherwise considered defective by the Engineer-in-charge shall not be used in the work.The aggregate shall be stored in such a way as to prevent admixture of foreignmaterials. Different size of fine or coarse aggregate shall be stored in separate stock-piles sufficiently away from the each other to prevent intermixing the materials.

5.0 WORKMANSHIP

5.1 Proportioning of materials for the mixThe mix shall be proportioned with a maximum aggregate cement ratio of 15:1. Thewater content shall be adjusted to the optimum as per Clause 600.1.3.2 for facilitatingcompaction by Surface floater

5.2 Moisture content: The right amount of water for the lean concrete in the main workshall be decided so as to ensure full compaction under rolling and shall be assessed atthe time of rolling the trial strength. Too much water will cause the lean concrete to beheaving up before the wheels and picked up on the wheels of the roller and too little willlead to inadequate compaction, a low in-situ and an open-textured surface.

5.3 The optimum water content shall be determined and demonstrated by floating thesurface during trial length construction. While laying the mix in the main work, the leanconcrete shall have a moisture content between the optimum and optimum + 2 per cent,keeping in view the effectiveness of compaction achieved and to compensate forevaporation losses.

5.4 Cement content - The minimum cement content in the concrete shall not be lessthan 150 kg/cu. m. of concrete. If this minimum cement content is not sufficient toproduce concrete of the specified strength, it shall be increased as necessary withoutadditional cost compensation to the Contractor.

5.5 Concrete strength - The average compressive strength of each consecutive groupof 5 cubes made in accordance with Clause 903.5.1.1 shall not be less than 10 MP a at7 days. In addition, the minimum compressive strength of any individual cube shall not

be less than 7.5 Mpa at 7 days. The design mix complying with the above Clauses shallbe got approved from the Engineer and demonstrated in the trial length construction.

Page 171: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 171/190

 

6.0 Construction6.1 General: The pace and programmed of the lean concrete sub-base constructionshall be matching suitably with the programmed of construction of the cement concretepavement only after 7 days after sub-base construction.

6.2 Plasticizer Conplast p 211 @ 100 ml per bag of cement Water reducing concreteadmixture at 100 ml per bag of cement and Recron 3-S fiber (reliance Product) shall bemixed at the rate of 125 gram per bag of cement including making c channel 100 mm x50 mm required to level and slope and thickness of the concrete road leveling of placedconcrete with surface vibrator and finishing with power floater shall be done Floater andtrowel light booming the surface shall be done Expansion joints shall be cut as directed

7.0 PROPORTION OF MIX7.1 The proportion of mix shall be as recommended in design mix and as approved bythe Engineer in charge

8.0 MIXING: 

8.1 mixing shall be done by automatic and computerized continuous batching plant asper the specification of the concern company

9.0 FORM WORK IF REQUIRED: 

9.1 Formwork shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming theconcrete, together with all temporary construction required for their support.

Formwork shall however be divided into following two distinct categories.(1) Shuttering i.e. formwork required for forming the concrete.(2) Scaffolding i.e. formwork required for supporting shuttering.

9.2 Forms for shuttering shall be constructed only in metal suitably lined. Forms forscaffolding shall be constructed of metal or timber. Both shuttering and scaffolding shallbe or substantial rigid construction and shuttering shall be true to shape and dimensionsshown on the drawings. All bolts and rivets shall be counter-sunk and well ground toprovide a smooth, plane surface.

9.3 Forms shall be mortar-tight and shall be made sufficiently rigid by the use of ties andbracings to prevent any displacement or sagging between supports. They shall bestrong enough to withstand all pressure, ramming and vibration, without deflection fromthe prescribed lines occurring during and after placing the concrete. Screw jacks or hardwood wedges where required shall be provided to make up any settlement in theformwork either before or during the placing of concrete. Suitable camber shall beprovided in horizontal members of structure, especially in long spans to counteract theeffects of any fixed as to provide for such Forms shall be so constructed as to beremovable in sections in the desired sequence, without damaging the surface ofconcrete or disturbing other sections. Unless otherwise specified or directed, chambersor fillets of sizes 25mm x 25mm shall be provided at all angles of formwork to avoid

sharp comers.

Page 172: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 172/190

 

9.4. The inside surface of shuttering shall, except in the case of permanent formwork orwhere otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in-charge, be coated with an approvedmaterial to prevent adhesion of concrete to the formwork. Release agents shall beapplied strictly in accordance with the manufacture's instructions dud shall not beallowed to come into contact with any reinforcement or pre-stressing tendons and

anchorages. Different release agents shall not be used in formwork for concrete whichwill be visible in the finished works.

9.5 Special measures shall be taken to ensure than the formwork does not hinder theshrinkage of concrete because without these cracking could occur before the. Formworkis removed. Wherever applicable arrangements must be made to ensure that theformwork does not restrain the shortening and hogging of the beams or slabs duringtensioning of the tendons. The formwork should take due account of the calculatedamount of positive or negative camber so as to ensure the correct final shape of thestructures having regard to the deformation of a false work, scaffolding or propping andthe deformation due to various causes affecting priestesses structures. Where there are

re-entrant angles in the concrete sections the formwork should removed at thosesections as- soon as possible after the concrete has set in order to avoid cracking dueto shrinkage of concrete. Formwork shall be tight enough to prevent any appreciableloss of cement during vibrations suitable tolerances should be provided in the form work,immediately before concreting all forms shall be throughway cleaned. Contractor shallgive the Engineer -in-charge due notice before placing any concrete in the forms topermit him to inspect and accept the false work and formwork as to their strengthalignment and general fitness, but such inspection shall not relieve the contractor of hisresponsibility for safety of men, machinery, materials and for results obtained.

9.6 The Engineer-in-charge shall be informed in advance be the contractor of hisintention to strike any formwork. While fixing the time for removal of formwork, dueconsideration shall be given to local conditions, character of he structured, the weatherand other conditions that influence the setting of concrete and of the materials used inthe mix. Where field operations are controlled by strength tests of concrete, the removalof the load-supporting or suffix forms may commence when concrete has attainedstrength equal to at least twice the stress to which the concrete will be subjected at thetime of striking props including the effect of any further addition of loads. When fieldoperations are not controlled by strength tests of concrete the vertical forms of beams,columns and walls may be removed after 2 days. The props of slabs and beams may beremoved after 14 and 21 days respectively. All formwork shall be removed without

causing any damage to the concrete. Centering shall be gradually and uniforml8ylowered in such a manner as to permit the concrete to take stresses due to its ownweight uniformly and gradually. Where internal metal ties are permitted, they or theirremovable parts shall be extracted without causing any damage to the concrete andremaining holes filled with 1l!ortar.No permanently embedded metal part shall have lessthan 25mm.cover to the finished concrete surface. Where it is intended to refuse theformwork, it be cleaned and made good to the satisfaction of the Engineer -in-charge.

9.7 Immediately after the removal of forms, all exposed bars or bolts passing throughthe cement concrete member and used for shuttering or any other purpose shall be cutinside the cement concrete member to a depth of at least 25 mm. below the surface of

the concrete and the resulting holes be filled by cement mortar. All fins caused by form  joints, all cavities produced by the removal of form ties and all other holes and

Page 173: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 173/190

Page 174: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 174/190

 

Before concrete is placed steel reinforcement should be given cement water slurrywashSteel reinforcement and shuttering should be sprinkled with cool water before placingthe concrete

10.0 Segregation.

10.1 When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has hardened, it shall beroughened, swept, clean, thoroughly wetted and covered with a 13 mm. thick layer ofmortar shall be freshly mixed and placed immediately before placing of' new concrete.Where concrete has not fully hardened, allegiance shall be removed by scrubbing thewell surface with wire or bristle brushes, care : being taken to avoid dislodgement of anyparticles of coarse aggregate. The surface shall then be thoroughly wetted, with neatcement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on the Is surface shall not exceed150mm.in thickness, and shall be well rammed against old work particular attentionbeing given to corners and close spots.

Concrete should be compacted well leaving practically no voidsDuring compaction it must be ensured that the cover blocks provided to thereinforcement are not displaced

11.0 Curing :

11.1 Immediately after compaction, concrete shall. be protected against harmful effectsof weather, including rain, running water, shocks, vibration, traffic, rapid temperaturecharges, frost and driving out process shall be covered with wet jute bags or the similarabsorbent material approved by the Engineer-in-charge soon after the initial set, andshall be kept continuously wet for a period of not less than 14 days from the date ofplacement. Masonry work over-  the foundation concrete may be started after 48 hoursof its laying but the curing of concrete shall be continued for a minimum period of 14days.

11.2 After the final set, the concrete shall be kept continuously wet if required bypounding for a period of not less then 7 days form the date of placement. Hard and bitterwater shall not be used for curingCuring should be started immediately after concrete starts sowing signs of drynessConcrete should not be allowed to dry and early curing shoul be commenced at site assoon as possible

Curing of concrete should be done as per IS 456-2000 As concrete contains morepowder content4 prolonged curing is recommendedWater used for curing should be free from any contaminationEarly curing is highly recommended by way of covering the concrete with wet Hessiancloth

12.0. Mode of Measurements & Payment

12.1. All measurements shall be made in the metric system. Deferent items of the workshall be measured in accordance with the procedures set forth in thousand relevantsections read in conjunction with the general conditions of contract The same shall not

however apply in the case of lump sum contracts

Page 175: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 175/190

 

12.2. All measurements and computations, unless otherwise indicated, shall be carriednearest to the following limits

(i) Length and breath 10 mm(ii) height, depth or thickness of earthwork,

sub grade, sub bases, surfacing, andstructural members

5mm

(iii) Areas 0.01 sqm.(iv) Cubic contents 0.01 cum

12.3. In recording dimensions of work, the sequence of length, width and height or depthor thickness shall be followed

12.4. The unit rate Ready-mix cement concrete shall include, tools and plant requiredfor mixing, transporting laying applying & pumping pouring dumping in layer andvibrating, compacting as specified, finishing as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge,watering and curing including all other incidental expenses for producing ready-mixcement concrete work of specified thickness to complete the structure or itscomponents as shown on the drawings and according to these specifications.12.5. The rate of Ready-mix cement concrete shall include the cost of all labour,materials tools and plant all incidental expenses as described herein above.12.6. The Ready-mix cement concrete work shall be measured for its length, width and height, limiting dimensions to those specified on plan or as directed. The rate shallbe for a unit of one cubic meter.12.7. The payment will be made on cubic meter miter basis of the finished work.12.6 The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter.

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 161

Providing and laying concrete Block paving tiles 60 mm thick as specification& samples approved by engineer in charge laid on a Bed of 100 mm. Thickbrickbats/ chhara filing and 75 mm thick sand Filling under floors including

watering ramming, consolidating and dressing etc. comp.filling complete

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing pre-cast cement concrete blocks  ofthe shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to theseSpecifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

1.0 MATIRIAL

1.0 Pre-cast cement concrete paver blockspre-cast cement concrete tiles shall be of approved brand and make as approved by

Engineer in charge

Page 176: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 176/190

Page 177: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 177/190

 

4.1. Sand shall be natural sand, clean, well graded hard strong, durable andgritty particles free from injurious amounts of dust, clay kankar nodules, soft orflaky particles shale, alkali salts organic matter, loam, mica or other deleterioussubstances and shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge. The sandshall not contain more contain more than 8 percent of silt as determined by field test,

if necessary the sand shall be washed to make it clean.4.2. Coarse Sand :The fineness modulus of coarse sand shall not be less than2.5 and shall not exceed4.3 . The sieve analysis of coarse shall be as under.I.S. Sieve Percentage by weight

I.S. Sieve Percentage byDesignation passing sieve Designation

weight passing Sieve

4.75 mm 100 600 m icron30 - 100

2.36 mm 90 to 100 300 m icron50 - 70

1.18 mm 70 to 100 150 m icron0 – 50

4.3. Fine Sand :

The fineness modulus shall not exceed 1.0 The sieve analysis of fine sand shallbe as under.I.S. Sieve Percentage by weight I.S. SievePercentageby weightDesignation  passingSieve  Designationpassing Sieve 

4.75 mm 100 600 m icron40 - 85

2.36 mm 100 300 m icron5 - 50

1.18 mm 75 to 100 150 m icron0 - 10

5.0. Brick Aggregates

5.1. Brick bat aggregate shall be broken from well burnt or slightly over burntand dense bricks. It shall be homogeneous in texture, roughly cubical in shape, clean and free from dirt of any other foreign material. The brick bats shall be of 40 mm -50 mm. size unless otherwise specified in the item The under burnt of over burntbrick bats shall not be allowed. 14.2. The brick bats shall be measured by suitableboxes or as directed.

6.0 WORKMANSHIP

Page 178: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 178/190

 

6.1 The pre-cast cement concrete blocks shall be laid on C.M. 1:3. The slope in thefloors shall be provided in the sub grade . The earth below shall be properly watered,rammed and consolidated. Before laying the flooring, it shall be moistured. Plinthmasonry offset shall be depressed so as to allow the sub grade concrete to rest on it.

6.2 Pre-cast cement concrete blocks of approved quality shape and designe and shallbe laid evenly to level and slope as directed by Engineer in charge over a bed of a baselayer consisting of coarse sand and a layer of Brick aggregates

6.4 Laying: The pre-cast cement concrete blocks shall be laid in plain, diagonal or otherpattern as directed. The concrete blocks shall be laid properly and set home by gentletaping.

.

7.0 MODE OF MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT

7.1 The unit rate pre-cast cement concrete blocks flooring shall include the cost of allmaterials, tools and plant required for mixing, laying of base layer in true level and slopeas required applying & placing stones in position, compacting, finishing, curing .

6.2 The length and breadth shall be measured correct to a Square meter correct to 2places of decimel. Length and breadth shall be measured to correct to a centimeter andbetween the finished the finished face of the skirting, dado or wall plaster and nodeduction shall be made nor extra paid for any opening in floors or areas up to 0.1

square meter .

7.3 The rate shall be for a unit of one Square meter. 

Name of Work : Construction of New R T O Office Building at Vadodara

Item No 162

Providing and laying M 200 concrete precast blocks of size 20 Cm x 30 Cm and25 Cm in length in Kerbing including and curing complete including the cost ofform work but excluding the cost of reinforcement for reinforced concrete work

in kerbing including fixing in earth in line and level etc complete as directed

General

This work shall consist of Providing and casting in situ controlled cement concrete M-200 for kerb / kerb block of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings andconforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

MATIRIAL

1.0. Pre-cast cement concrete blocks

Page 179: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 179/190

 

pre-cast cement concrete tiles shall be of approved brand and make having size 200 x200 x 400 mm as approved by Engineer in charge

The size shape and design of pre-cast cement concrete tiles shall generally be as permanufacturers product or as directed by the Engineer in charge and Architect

The pre-cast cement concrete tiles shall satisfy the tests as regards traverse strengthresistance to wear and water absorption

The colour size shape and design of the pre-cast cement concrete tiles shall be directedby Engineer Or Architect

The pre-cast cement concrete tiles shall be of best quality as approved by the EngineerIn charge. They shall be flat and true to shape. They shall be free form cracks, crazingspots, chipped edges and corners. The glazing shall be of uniform shade. 

2.0. WATER

2.1. Water shall not be salty brackish and shall be clean, reasonably clear andfree objectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil and injurious alkalis, salts,organic matter and other deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar ofconcrete or cause efflorescence or attack the steel in R.C.C. Container for transport,storage and handling of water shall be clean. Water shall conform to the standardspecified in I.S. 456-1978.

2.2. If required by the Engineer-in-Charge it shall be tested by comparison withdistilled water Comparison shall be made by means of standard cement tests forsoundness tim e of setting and mortar strength as specified in I.S. 269-1976. Anyindication of unsoundness charge in time of setting by 30 minutes or more ordecrease of more than 10 per cent in strength, of mortar prepared with water samplewhen compared with the results obtained with mortar prepared with distilled watershall be sufficient cause for rejection of water under test.

2.3. Water for curing mortar, concrete or masonry should not be too acidic or tooalkaline . It shall be free of elements which significantly affect the hydration reaction

or otherwise interfere with the hardening of mortar or concrete during curing or thosewhich produce objectionable stains or other unsightly deposits on concrete or mortarsurfaces

1.4. Hard and bitter water shall not be used for curing

1.5. Potable water will generally found suitable for curing mortar or concrete.

3.0. CEMENT

3.1. Cement snail be ordinary Portland slag cement as per I.S.269-1976 or

Portland slag cement as per I.S. 455-1976

Page 180: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 180/190

Page 181: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 181/190

 

5.2 Pre-cast cement concrete blocks of approved quality shape and design and shall belaid evenly in true line level and grade as directed by Engineer in charge over a bed ofa base layer consisting of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3coarse sand by volume ofaverage thickness of 12 mm )

5.3 Cement and sand for base layer shall be mixed in proportions of 1:3 (1 cement : 3coarse sand by vol. Cement and sand shall be proportioned by volume after making dueallowance for bulking. The require quantity of water shall then be added and the mortarmixed to produce workable consistency before mixing platform shall be thoroughlycleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.

5.4 Laying: The pre-cast cement concrete block for curbing shall be laid in pattern asdirected. The concrete blocks shall be laid properly and set home by gentle taping.

.

6.0 MODE OF MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT

6.1 The unit rate pre-cast cement concrete tiles flooring shall include the cost of allmaterials, tools and plant required for mixing, laying of base layer in true level and slopeas required applying & placing stones in position, compacting, finishing, curing .

6.2 The length and breadth shall be measured correct to a Square meter correct to 2places of decimel. Length and breadth shall be measured to correct to a centimeter andbetween the finished the finished face of the skirting, dado or wall plaster and nodeduction shall be made nor extra paid for any opening in floors or areas up to 0.1

square meter .

6.3 The rate shall be for a unit of one Running meter.

Page 182: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 182/190

 

Page 183: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 183/190

Page 184: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 184/190

 

Page 185: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 185/190

 

Page 186: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 186/190

 

Page 187: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 187/190

 

Page 188: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 188/190

Page 189: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 189/190

 

Page 190: Baroda RTO

8/6/2019 Baroda RTO

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/baroda-rto 190/190

 


Recommended